Regulation on the admission of persons to road transport (driving licence-Regulation-FeV)

Unofficial table of contents

FeV

Date of completion: 13.12.2010

Full quote:

" Driving Licence-Regulation of 13 December 2010 (BGBl. 1980), as defined by Article 1 of the Regulation of 2 October 2015 (BGBl). 1674).

Status:	Last amended by Art. 1 V v. 16.12.2014 I 2213
Note:	Amendment by Art. 1 V v. 2.10.2015 I 1674 (No 39) in a textual proof, not yet concludedly processed in a documentary form
	Indirect change by Art. 7b V v. 16.4.2014 I 348 is considered
	Indirect amendment by Art. 1 No. 2 Buchst c and No. 3 G v. 20.11.2014 I 1738 is taken into account

For more details, please refer to the menu under Notes

Footnote

(+ + + Text evidence from: 18.12.2010 + + +) 

  

Unofficial table of contents

Input formula

The Federal Ministry of Transport, Building and Urban Development is responsible for the

-

Section 6 (1) (1), (3) (c) and (7), § 6e (1), Section 30c (1) and Section 63 of the Road Traffic Act as amended by the Notice of 5 March 2003 (BGBl. I p. 310, 919), of which § 6 (1) (1) was last amended by Article 1 (2) of the Law of 17 July 2009 (BGBl. 2021), § 6e and § 30c by Article 2 (4) of the Law of 14 August 2006 (BGBl. I p. 1958) and § 63 by Article 2 (3) of the Law of 14 August 2006 (BGBl. I p. 1958),

-

Section 6 (1) (1) (f), in conjunction with paragraph 2a of the Road Traffic Act, as amended by the Notice of 5 March 2003 (BGBl. 310, 919), of which Article 6 (2a) is replaced by Article 2 (4) of the Law of 14 August 2006 (BGBl). I p. 1958), together with the Federal Ministry for the Environment, Nature Conservation and Nuclear Safety:

Unofficial table of contents

Content Summary

General rules
for participation in road transport

§ 1	Basic Rule of Admission
§ 2	Restricted authorisation
§ 3	Restriction and withdrawal of authorisation

II.Management of motor vehicles 1. General rules

§ 4	Compulsory and compulsory driving of motor vehicles
§ 5	Special provisions for the guidance of mopeds and small-speed small-scale motorcycles
§ 6	Classification of driving licences
§ 6a	Driving licence of class B with key number 96

2. Prerequisites
for the granting of a driving licence

§ 7	Ordinary domiem
§ 8	Exclusion of possession of a driving licence of the requested class
§ 9	Pre-possession of a driving licence of other classes
§ 10	Minimum age
§ 11	Suitability
§ 12	Vision
§ 13	Clarification of aptitude doubts in the case of alcohol problems
§ 14	Clarification of aptitude doubts with regard to narcotic drugs and medicinal products
§ 15	Driving licence examination
§ 16	Theoretical examination
§ 17	Practical examination
§ 18	Common rules for theoretical and practical examination
§ 19	Training in First Aid
§ 20	Re-division of a driving licence

3.
the granting of a driving licence

Section 21	Application for a driving licence
Section 22	Procedure with the Authority and the Technical Testing Office
Section 22a	Deviating procedure in the case of an electronic test order and a prior detection of the driving licence
Section 23	Duration of driving licences, restrictions and conditions
§ 24	Renewal of driving licences
§ 24a	Validity of driving licences
Section 25	Production of the driving licence
Section 25a	Application for the exhibition of an international driving licence
§ 25b	Exhibition of the international driving licence

4. Special provisions
for the driving of service vehicles

Section 26	Service permit
§ 27	Relationship of general driving licence and driving licence

5. Special provisions
for holders of foreign driving licences

§ 28	Recognition of driving licences from Member States of the European Union or of another State Party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area
§ 29	Foreign driving licences
§ 29a	Driving licences from members of the armed forces of the United States of America and Canada stationed in Germany
§ 30	Driving licences issued to holders of a driving licence from a Member State of the European Union or of another State Party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area
§ 30a	Back-exchange of driving licences
Section 31	Granting of a driving licence to holders of a licence from a State outside the Agreement on the European Economic Area

6. Driving license on a sample

Section 32	Exceptions to the trial period
§ 33	Calculation of the probation period for holders of service licences and driving licences from countries outside the Agreement on the European Economic Area
Section 34	Evaluation of the offences and administrative offences in the context of the driving licence on the sample and arrangement of the advanced seminar
§ 35	Building seminars
§ 36	Special training seminars in accordance with § 2b (2) sentence 2 of the Road Traffic Act
Section 37	Certificate of participation
§ 38	Transport psychological counseling
§ 39	Arrangement of participation in a postgraduate seminar and further measures in the case of holders of a service permit

7. Driving appropriation assessment system

§ 40	Designation and evaluation according to the driving suitability rating system
Section 41	Measures of the competent authority in accordance with national law
§ 42	Driving Suitability Seminar
Section 43	Monitoring of travel suitability seminars according to § 42 and the instruction courses according to § 31a, paragraph 2, sentence 1, point 4 of the Fahrlehrergesetz (Fahrlehrergesetz)
§ 43a	Requirements for quality assurance systems for the driving fitness seminar
Section 44	Certificate of participation
§ 45	(dropped)

8. withdrawal or limitation of the
Driving licence, arrangement of requirements

Section 46	Deprivation, restriction, obligations
§ 47	Procedural rules

9. Special provisions for driving
of taxis, rental cars and sick people-
Motor vehicles and passenger cars
on scheduled services and on commercial
Excursions and Holiday Destination-Travel

§ 48	Driving licence for passenger transport

10. Accompanying driving from 17 years

§ 48a	Requirements
§ 48b	Evaluation

III.Register1. Central driving licence register
and local driving licences

§ 49	Storage of the data in the Central Driving Licenation Register
§ 50	Transmission of data from the Federal Motor Transport Authority to the driving licence authorities according to § 2c of the Road Traffic Act
Section 51	Transmission of data from the Central Driving Licenciation Register in accordance with § § 52 and 55 of the Road Traffic Act
Section 52	Retrieval in automated procedures from the Central Driving Licenciation Register by offices in Germany according to § 53 of the Road Traffic Act
Section 53	Automated request and information procedures at the Central Driving Licenation Register in accordance with § 54 of the Road Traffic Act
§ 54	Protection against abuse
§ 55	Recording of the fetches
§ 56	Retrieval in automated procedures from the Central Driving Licenciation Register by entities abroad according to § 56 of the Road Traffic Act
Section 57	Storage of the data in the local driving licence registers
Section 58	Transmission of data from local driving licence registers

2. Travel register

§ 59	Storage of data in the travel register
§ 60	Transmission of data according to § 30 of the Road Traffic Act
Section 61	Retrieval in automated procedures according to § 30a of the Road Traffic Act
Section 62	Automated request and information procedures according to § 30b of the Road Traffic Act
§ 63	Early repayment
Section 64	Proof of identity

IV.Recognition and
Assessment for specific tasks

Section 65	Medical experts
Section 66	Carrier of assessment points for appropriation
Section 67	Vision Test
Section 68	Posts for First Aid Training
Section 69	Bodies for the performance of the driving licence examination
Section 70	Carrier of courses for the restoration of power acquisition
Section 71	Transport psychological counseling
Section 72	Review

V.Implementation, fine,
Transitional and final provisions

Section 73	Responsibilities
Section 74	Exceptions
§ 75	Irregularities
Section 76	Transitional justice
Section 77	Reference to Technical Rule Sets
Section 78	entry into force

Equipment for driving licences-Regulation

Appendix 1	Minimum requirements for the training of applicants for a test certificate for Mofas according to § 5 (2) by driving instructor (to § 5 (2))
Appendix 2	Training and examination certificates for Mofas (to § 5 (2) and (4))
Appendix 3	Conversion of driving licences to old law and exchange of driving licences according to previous patterns (to § 6 (7))
Appendix 4	Suitability and conditional suitability for driving motor vehicles (to § § 11, 13 and 14)
Annex 4a	Principles for the conduct of investigations and the preparation of the opinions (to § 11 (5))
Appendix 5	Suitability tests for applicants and holders of categories C, C1, D, D1 and associated trailer classes E as well as the driving licence for passenger transport (to § 11 (9), § 48 (4) and (5))
Appendix 6	Requirements for vision (to § § 12, 48 (4) and (5))
Appendix 7	Driving licence examination (in accordance with § 16 (2), § 17 (2) and (3))
Appendix 7a	Driver training (to § 6a (3) and (4))
Appendix 8	General driving licence, service licence, driving licence for passenger transport (to section 25 (1), section 26 (1), § 48 (3))
Appendix 8a	Model of provisional proof of driving licence (VNF) (to § 22 (4) sentence 7)
Appendix 8b	Sample of the examination certificate for the "Accompanying driving from 17 years" (to § 48a)
Appendix 8c	Model of an international driving licence in accordance with the International Agreement on Motor Vehicle Transport of 24 April 1926 (to section 25b (2))
Appendix 8d	Model of an international driving licence in accordance with the Convention on Road Transport of 8 November 1968 (to section 25b (3))
Appendix 9	Use of key figures for entries in driving licences (to section 25 (3))
Appendix 10	Service licences of the Federal Armed Forces (to § § 26 and 27)
Appendix 11	State list of the special provisions for holders of a foreign driving licence (to § 31)
Appendix 12	Evaluation of the offences and administrative offences in the context of the driving licence to the test (§ 2a of the Road Traffic Act) (to § 34)
Appendix 13	Description and evaluation of the offences and administrative offences to be taken into consideration in the context of the fitness assessment system (to § 40)
Appendix 14	Requirements for official recognition as carrier of assessment bodies for suitability for use (to § 66 (2))
Appendix 15	Conditions for official recognition as a carrier of courses for the restoration of the suitability for use of power (to § 70 (2))
Appendix 16	Framework plan for the implementation of the transport education sub-measure of the travel suitability seminar (to § 42 (2))
Appendix 17	Contents of the examination in the context of quality assurance of the training seminars and instruction courses (to § 43a (3) (a))
Appendix 18	Certificate of participation in accordance with § 44 FeV (to § 44 paragraph 1)

I.
General rules for participation in road transport

Unofficial table of contents

§ 1 Basic Law of Admission

In the case of transport on public roads, each is authorised unless a permit is required for the approval of individual transport modes. Unofficial table of contents

§ 2 Restricted Admission

(1) Those who cannot be safely placed on the market as a result of physical or mental impairments shall be allowed to participate in the traffic only if provision is made that they do not endanger others. The obligation to provide for the provision of services, in particular by the installation of appropriate equipment on vehicles, by the replacement of missing limbs by means of artificial limbs, accompanied by or by the wearing of markings or marks, shall be the responsibility of the (2) physically disabled persons can have their disability marked by yellow bracts on both arms or other suitable, clearly visible, yellow markings with three black dots. The markings shall not be affixed to vehicles. Significantly visually impaired pedestrians can identify their handicap by a white guide on the blind, accompanied by a guide dog in the white guide and yellow badge according to the first sentence. (3) Other road users may use the in paragraph Do not use any of the characteristics mentioned in road transport. Unofficial table of contents

§ 3 Restriction and withdrawal of admission

(1) If a person proves to be unsuitable or only partially suitable for driving vehicles or animals, the driving licence authority shall prohibit him from driving, limit it or arrange the necessary conditions. Following the submission of a Mofa on public roads, the certificate of examination referred to in Article 5 (4) sentence 1 shall be delivered without delay to the decisive authority or shall be submitted for registration in the case of restrictions or conditions. The obligation to deliver or submit the certificate also exists when the decision has been appealed, but the competent authority has ordered the immediate enforcement of the certificate. (2) The right to make the right to the right of the Assuming that the leader of a vehicle or animal is unsuitable for driving or is only suitable for reasons of reason, the provisions of § § 11 to 14 shall apply accordingly.

II.
Driving motor vehicles

1.
General rules

Unofficial table of contents

§ 4 The requirement for authorisation and the obligation to provide proof of driving of motor vehicles

(1) If a motor vehicle leads on public roads, the driver's licence shall be required. Excluded are:

1.

Single-lane, single-seat bicycles with auxiliary motor-even without pedal cranks-if their design guarantees that the maximum speed on a flat track is not more than 25 km/h (Mofas); special seats for the taking of children under seven years may, however, be appropriate;

1a.

Mobility aids as defined in Article 1 (1) of the mobility aid regulation,

1b.

Mopeds of up to 45 km/h in category L1e in accordance with Article 1 (2) (a) of Directive 2002/24/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 March 2002 concerning type-approval of two-or three-wheel motor vehicles and repealing Council Directive 92/61/EEC (OJ L 206, 22.7.1992) 1), provided that their design guarantees that the maximum speed on a flat track is limited to a maximum of 25 km/h,

2.

Motorised nurseries (single-seat vehicles designed for use by physically disabled persons, with electric drive, an empty mass of not more than 300 kg, including batteries, but without a driver, a motor vehicle, a motor vehicle, a motor vehicle, a motor vehicle, a motor vehicle, a motor vehicle, the maximum authorised mass of not more than 500 kg, a maximum design speed of not more than 15 km/h and a maximum width of 110 cm or more),

3.

Tractors designed to be used for agricultural or forestry purposes, self-proponent working machines, forklift trucks and other industrial trucks, each with a maximum speed of not specified more than 6 km/h, as well as single-axle tractors and working machines, which are guided by pedestrians at Holmen.

(2) The driver's licence must be proven by a valid official certificate (driving licence). Driving licences shall be carried out when driving motor vehicles and shall be subject to examination at the request of the competent persons. The International Driving Licence or the national foreign driving licence and a translation connected to it pursuant to Article 29 (2), second sentence, shall be carried out and shall be issued to the competent persons for examination upon request. (3) By way of derogation from paragraph 2 The driver's licence may also be proved by a certificate other than the driving licence, insofar as this is expressly determined or authorised. The second sentence of paragraph 2 shall apply to a certificate within the meaning of the first sentence. Unofficial table of contents

Section 5 Special provisions for the management of mopeds and small-speed small-scale motorcycles

(1) If a mofa (§ 4 (1) sentence 2 (1)) or a moped which complies with the provisions of Article 4 (1), second sentence, point 1b, on public roads leads, it must have been proved in an examination that he/she

1.

have sufficient knowledge of the statutory provisions governing the driving of a motor vehicle; and

2.

is familiar with the dangers of road traffic and the conduct required to prevent them from being taken off.

The test does not have to pass on who owns a driving licence in accordance with § 4 or a foreign permit which entitles the holder to drive motor vehicles in Germany. The competent supreme state authority, or the body designated by it or competent by national law, shall determine the competent authority. (2) The candidate shall be admitted to the examination if he/she is subject to the training of qualified driving instructors, in accordance with the The minimum requirements laid down in Appendix 1 have been laid down and the test body shall submit a certificate in accordance with the model set out in Appendix 2 to this Regulation. A driving instructor is entitled to Mofa training if he has the class A driving licence. § 1 (4) sentence 1 of the Fahrlehrergesetz shall apply accordingly. The instructor may only issue the training certificate if he has carried out a training which meets the minimum requirements laid down in Appendix 1. (3) The competent supreme state authority or the competent authority of the country concerned or according to national law. competent authority may recognise public schools or private replacement schools as a carrier of the Mofa training. In such a case, the applicant must submit a certificate of formal education to a school recognised in accordance with the first sentence of the first sentence, stating that he has participated in a recognised course of training in the Mofa School. (4) The examination The examination must be completed with a Mofa-examination certificate in accordance with Appendix 2. The certificate must be carried in the course of the management of a moped and shall be handed over to the competent persons for examination on request. § 4 (2) sentence 2 shall apply to the holders of a driving licence. (5) Those who have not yet taken the examination may lead a Mofa on public roads if he is supervised by a driving instructor entitled to Mofa training; the Driving instructor is considered to be the leader of the Mofas. Unofficial table of contents

§ 6 Distribution of driving licence classes

(1) The driving licence shall be issued in the following classes:

Category AM:

-

Two-wheel mopeds (including by-car) with a maximum design speed of not more than 45 km/h and an electric propulsion engine or an internal combustion engine with a cylinder capacity of not more than 50 cm ³ or a maximum rated power of up to 4 kW in the case of electric motors,

-

Motorcycles with a maximum design speed of not more than 45 km/h and an electric drive engine or an internal combustion engine with a displacement of not more than 50 cm ³ , which, in addition to the use capacity, have the characteristics of bicycles (bicycles with auxiliary motor),

-

Three-wheel mopeds and four-wheel light-weight vehicles, each with a maximum design speed of not more than 45 km/h and a cylinder capacity of not more than 50 cm ³ in the case of spark-ignition engines, a maximum net power of not more than 4 kW in the case of other internal combustion engines or a maximum rated power of not more than 4 kW in the case of electric motors; in the case of four-wheeled vehicles In addition, light-weight vehicles shall not be more than 350 kg without mass of batteries in the case of electric vehicles.

Category A1:

-

Motorcycles (also with passenger cars) with a cylinder capacity of up to 125 cm ³ , an engine power of not more than 11 kW, in which the ratio of the power to the weight does not exceed 0.1 kW/kg, and

-

three-wheel motor vehicles with symmetrically arranged wheels and a cylinder capacity of more than 50 cm ³ in the case of internal combustion engines or a maximum design speed of more than 45 km/h and with a power output of up to 15 kW.

Category A2:

Motorcycles (including by-cars) with an engine power of not more than 35 kW, in which the ratio of the power to the weight does not exceed 0.2 kW/kg.

Class A:

-

Motorcycles (also with passenger cars) with a cylinder capacity of more than 50 cm ³ or with a maximum speed of more than 45 km/h,

-

Three-wheel motor vehicles with a power of more than 15 kW and three-wheel motor vehicles with symmetrically arranged wheels and a cylinder capacity of more than 50 cm ³ in the case of internal combustion engines or a maximum design speed of more than 45 km/h and with a power of more than 15 kW.

Class B:

Motor vehicles, other than motor vehicles of categories AM, A1, A2 and A, of a maximum authorised mass not exceeding 3 500 kg, designed and constructed for the carriage of not more than eight persons other than the driver of the vehicle (including with: Trailers with a maximum authorised mass not exceeding 750 kg or with a trailer exceeding 750 kg of total mass, provided that 3 500 kg of the maximum authorised mass of the combination is not exceeded).

Class BE:

Combinations of vehicles consisting of a class B towing vehicle and a trailer or semi-trailer, provided that the maximum authorised mass of the trailer or semi-trailer does not exceed 3 500 kg.

Category C1:

Motor vehicles other than motor vehicles of categories AM, A1, A2 and A, having a maximum authorised mass of more than 3 500 kg but not exceeding 7 500 kg, and designed to carry no more than eight persons other than the driver of the vehicle; and (also with trailers with a maximum authorised mass of not more than 750 kg).

Class C1E:

Combinations of vehicles from a towing vehicle

-

of category C1 and of a trailer or semi-trailer with a maximum authorised mass exceeding 750 kg, provided that the maximum authorised mass of the combination does not exceed 12 000 kg,

-

Category B and a trailer or semi-trailer with a maximum authorised mass of more than 3 500 kg, provided that the maximum authorised mass of the combination does not exceed 12 000 kg.

Class C:

Motor vehicles, excluding motor vehicles of categories AM, A1, A2, A, with a maximum authorised mass exceeding 3 500 kg, designed and constructed for the carriage of not more than eight persons other than the driver of the vehicle (also with trailers with a trailer) a maximum authorised mass of not more than 750 kg).

Class CE:

Combinations of vehicles consisting of a class C towing vehicle and trailers or a semi-trailer with a maximum authorised mass of more than 750 kg.

Category D1:

Motor vehicles other than motor vehicles of categories AM, A1, A2, A, which are designed and constructed for the carriage of more than eight persons, but not more than 16 persons, other than the driver of the vehicle, and whose length is not more than 8 m (even with trailers) with a maximum authorised mass of not more than 750 kg).

Class D1E:

Combinations of vehicles consisting of a tractor of category D1 and a trailer having a maximum authorised mass of more than 750 kg.

Category D:

Motor vehicles other than motor vehicles of categories AM, A1, A2, A, which are designed and constructed for the carriage of more than eight persons other than the driver of the vehicle (even with trailers with a maximum authorised mass of not more than 750 kg).

Class DE:

Combinations of vehicles consisting of a class D towing vehicle and a trailer having a maximum authorised mass of more than 750 kg.

Class T:

Tractors having a maximum speed of not more than 60 km/h and self-proponent working machines or self-proponent fodder mixing carts with a maximum speed of not more than 40 km/h, which are intended for use for agricultural or forestry purposes and are used for such purposes (including with trailers), according to their design.

Class L:

Tractors designed for use in agricultural or forestry purposes and used for such purposes and used for such purposes, having a maximum speed of not more than 40 km/h, and combinations thereof, from these vehicles and trailers, if they are carried at a speed of not more than 25 km/h, as well as self-proponent working machines, self-proponent forage mixers, forklifts and other industrial trucks, each with one by means of the Design maximum speed of not more than 25 km/h and combinations from these vehicles and trailers.

The maximum permissible mass of a vehicle combination is calculated from the sum of the total permissible mass of the individual vehicles without taking into account supporting and recuberation pastes. Permission may be limited to individual vehicle gardens of these classes. In the case of towing a motor vehicle, the driving licence shall be sufficient for the class of the towing vehicle. (2) Class T tractors with a maximum speed of more than 40 km/h may only be used by holders of a vehicle. Driving licence of class T, which is the 18. This shall not apply in the case of the return from the practical qualification test, provided that the holder of the driving licence is accompanied by a driving instructor, as well as in the case of driving samples in accordance with § 42 in the context of advanced seminars and on the basis of Reason for orders pursuant to § 46. (3) Also entitled

1.

the driving licence for category A for driving vehicles of categories AM, A1 and A2,

2.

the driving licence of category A2 for the driving of vehicles of categories A1 and AM,

3.

the driving licence of category A1 for driving vehicles of category AM

4.

the driving licence of category B for the driving of vehicles of categories AM and L,

5.

Category C driving licence for category C1 vehicles,

6.

the licence of class CE for the driving of vehicles of categories C1E, BE and T and D1E, provided that the holder is entitled to drive vehicles of category D1, and DE, provided that he is entitled to drive vehicles of category D,

7.

the driving licence of class C1E for the driving of vehicles of categories BE and D1E, provided that the holder is entitled to drive vehicles of category D1,

8.

Category D driving licences for vehicles of category D1,

9.

the driving licence of class D1E for driving vehicles of categories BE and C1E, provided that the holder is entitled to drive vehicles of category C1,

10.

the class DE driving licence for the driving of vehicles of categories D1E, BE and C1E, provided that the holder is entitled to drive vehicles of category C1,

11.

the driving licence of class T for the driving of vehicles of categories AM and L.

The first subparagraph of paragraph 1 shall not apply to a category A driving licence issued using the number of keys 79.03 or 79.04. (4) The driving licences of categories C, C1, CE or C1E shall also entitle the driving licence to the driving of bus and coach passengers, where applicable, with trailers, with a corresponding maximum authorised mass and without passengers, if the journeys are intended solely for checking the technical condition of the vehicle. (5) For agricultural or forestry purposes, within the framework of the Driving licence of classes T and L

1.

Farming, forestry, viticulture, horticulture, orchards, vegetables, nurseries, nursery, livestock farming, fish farming, pond management, fishing, beekeeping, hunting and the conservation of the countryside and the environment,

2.

Park, garden, embankment and cemetery care,

3.

-agricultural activities and neighbourhood aid for farmers,

4.

the operation of agricultural and forestry contractors and other over-the-farm machinery use;

5.

the operation of undertakings which are directly responsible for the protection, monitoring and promotion of agriculture;

6.

the operation of workshops for the repair, maintenance and testing of vehicles, as well as test drives from the manufacturers of vehicles, each of which is used within the scope of points 1 to 5; and

7.

Winter service.

(6) Driving licences which have been granted by the end of the period of 18 January 2013 (driving licences of old law) shall remain in the scope of the previous entitlement as set out in Appendix 3 and shall extend subject to the provisions of § 76 to the extent of the driving licences in force as from 19 January 2013, as referred to in paragraph 1. On request, holders of licences under old law shall be issued a new driving licence with a change to the new driving licence classes corresponding to the first sentence of 1. (7) (omitted) Unofficial table of contents

§ 6a Driving licence of class B with the key number 96

(1) Class B driving licences may be issued with the key number 96 for combinations of vehicles consisting of a motor vehicle of category B and a trailer having a maximum authorised mass of more than 750 kg, provided that the permissible maximum laden mass of the vehicle is less than 750 kg The total mass of the vehicle combination exceeds 3 500 kg, but does not exceed 4 250 kg. The key number 96 may only be allocated if the applicant already has the driving licence of category B or has fulfilled the conditions for the grant of the licence; in this case, the number of keys may not be less than 96 at the earliest with the licence for the (2) The minimum age for the issuing of the class B driving licence with the key number 96 is 18 years, in the case of the accompanying driving from 17 years after § 48a 17 years. (3) For the registration of the key number 96 in the Category B driving licences shall be subject to driver training. The contents of the driver ' s training shall be obtained from Annex 7a. (4) In the case of the application for registration of the key number 96 in category B, the proof of a driver training shall be provided in accordance with the model in Annex 7a before registration.

2.
Conditions for the granting of a licence

Unofficial table of contents

§ 7 Ordinary residence in Germany

(1) A driver's licence may only be issued if the applicant has his normal residence in the Federal Republic of Germany. This is assumed if the applicant is habituary of personal and professional ties or, in the absence of professional ties, because of personal ties which show close relations between him and the place of residence, that is to say, while at least 185 days a year, living in Germany. An applicant whose personal ties are domestic but who, for professional reasons, reside in one or more other Member States of the European Union or States Parties to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, shall: its normal place of residence within the meaning of this provision domestily, provided that it returns regularly. The condition is not required if the applicant is in such a state for a certain period of time to carry out a contract. (2) Applicants who have until now had their normal residence in Germany and who are exclusively for the purpose of the visit a university or school in another Member State of the European Union or another State Party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, retain their normal residence in the territory of the country. (3) Applicants who have so far their normal residence in another Member State of the European Union or any other State Party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, and who are residing exclusively on the grounds of the visit of a university or school within the territory of the country, do not establish a normal domitic residence. The driving licence shall be issued if the duration of the stay is at least six months. Unofficial table of contents

§ 8 Exclusion of the possession of a driving licence of the requested class

A licence for the requested class may be issued only if the applicant does not have a driving licence issued in a Member State of the European Union or another State Party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area (EU or EEA driving licence) of this class. Unofficial table of contents

§ 9 Requirement of possession of a driving licence of other classes

(1) A driving licence of categories C1, C, D1 or D may only be granted if the applicant already has the driving licence of category B or has fulfilled the conditions for granting it; in this case, the driver's licence shall be allowed for the higher (2) A driver's licence BE, C1E, CE, D1E or DE may be issued only if the applicant already has the driving licence for the moving vehicle or if the conditions are met in which case the driving licence of the class BE, C1E, CE, D1E may be granted (3) Paragraph 1 shall also apply in the case of Section 69a (2) of the Penal Code. Unofficial table of contents

§ 10 Minimum age

(1) The minimum age applicable to the granting of a driving licence shall be determined in accordance with the following table:


lfd Nr.KlasseMinimum age requirements

1	AM	16 years
2	A1	16 years
3	A2	18 years
4	A	a) 24 years for motorcycles with direct access, b) 21 years for three-wheel motor vehicles with an output of more than 15 kW, or c) 20 years for motorcycles in the case of a class A2 of at least two years.
5	B, BE	a) 18 years, b) 17 years aa) in the case of participation in the accompanying driving from 17 to § 48a, bb) in the case of a driving licence during or after the completion of a vocational training in aaa) the state-approved training occupation of "professional drivers/professional drivers", bbb) the state-approved training occupation "Speciality in driving" or ccc) a state-recognised training profession in which comparable skills and knowledge are provided for driving motor vehicles on public roads.	Until the minimum age laid down in point (a) has been reached, the driving licence shall be accompanied by the conditions that it shall apply only to domestic journeys and, in the case of the letter b, double letter bb beyond that only within the limits of the In the case of training, use may be made. The conditions shall not apply if the holder of the licence has reached the minimum age referred to in point (a).
6	C1, C1E	18 years
7	C, CE	a) 21 years, b) 18 years after aa) Basic qualification in accordance with section 4, paragraph 1, point 1 of the Vocational Occupation Force Qualification Act of 14 August 2006 (BGBl. 1958), as amended, bb) for persons during or after the completion of a vocational training aaa) the state-approved training occupation of "professional drivers/professional drivers", bbb) the state-approved training occupation "Speciality in driving" or ccc) a state-recognised training profession in which comparable skills and knowledge are provided for driving motor vehicles on public roads.	In the case of the letter (b) (bb), the driving licence shall be accompanied by the conditions that it may be used only for domestic journeys and in the context of the training relationship. The conditions shall not apply if the holder of the licence is 21. The first subparagraph shall be completed or the vocational training referred to in point (b) double letter bb before the completion of the 21. Life year has been successfully completed.
8	D1, D1E	a) 21 years, b) 18 years for persons during or after completion of vocational training after aa) the state-approved training occupation of "professional drivers/professional drivers", bb) the state-approved training occupation "Speciality in driving" or cc) a state-recognised training profession in which comparable skills and knowledge are provided for carrying out journeys with motor vehicles on public roads.	Until the minimum age laid down in point (a) has been reached, the driving licence shall be accompanied by the requirements that it shall be subject to the conditions laid down by the 1. in the case of domestic journeys and 2. as part of the training relationship Use may be made. The condition referred to in point 1 shall not apply if the holder of the licence has reached the minimum age referred to in point (a). The condition referred to in point 2 shall not apply if the holder of the licence has reached the minimum age referred to in point (a) or has completed the training referred to in point (b).
9	D, DE	a) 24 years, b) 23 years after an accelerated initial qualification by training and examination in accordance with § 4 (2) of the Vocational Qualifications Act (Professional), c) 21 years aa) after the initial qualification has been completed in accordance with Section 4 (1) (1) of the Vocational Drivers ' Qualification Act (Professional Qualification Act), bb) After an accelerated basic qualification by training in accordance with § 4 (2) of the Vocational Qualifications Act on scheduled services up to 50 km, d) 20 years for persons during or after completion of vocational training after aa) the state-approved training occupation of "professional drivers/professional drivers", bb) the state-approved training occupation "Speciality in driving" or cc) a state-recognised training profession in which comparable skills and knowledge for carrying out journeys with motor vehicles are conveyed on public roads, e) 18 years for persons during or after the completion of a vocational training according to point (d) on scheduled services up to 50 km.	1. In the case of the letter c double letter bb, the driving licence shall be provided with the condition that it may only be used for journeys to the carriage of passengers on scheduled services within the meaning of sections 42 and 43 of the Passenger Transport Act, provided that the length of the respective line is not more than 50 kilometres. The requirement shall not apply if the holder of the driving licence is 23. Year of life has been completed. 2. In the cases referred to in points (d) and (e), the driving licence shall be accompanied by the requirements that it shall apply only to: 2.1 in the case of domestic journeys, 2.2 in the context of the training relationship and 2.3 in the case of journeys for the carriage of passengers within the meaning of sections 42 and 43 of the Passenger Transport Act, provided that the length of the line in question is not more than 50 kilometres, Use may be made. The condition referred to in point 2.1 shall not apply if the holder of the driving licence is either 24. It is completed and the vocational training completed and the 21. Year of life has been completed. The requirement under point 2.2 is deleted if the holder of the driving licence is either 24. It has completed a life year or completed its vocational training. The requirement under point 2.3 is deleted if the holder of the driving licence is 20. Year of life has been completed.
10	T	16 years
11	L	16 years

By way of derogation from points 7 and 9 of the table in the first sentence, the minimum age for driving vehicles of category C for 18 years and category D shall be 21 years in the case of a

1.

Emergency service vehicles of the fire brigade, the police, the emergency services recognised under national law, the Technical Relief and other units of civil protection, provided that these vehicles are arranged for use in operations or by the superiors Training trips and training trips are used, and

2.

vehicles which are transported to commercial vehicle workshops for repair or maintenance purposes and are subjected there on the instructions of a supervisor on the road.

(2) The physical and mental aptitude required shall be before the first driving licence issued in accordance with paragraph 1 (5) (b), double-letter bb, point 7 (b), point 8 (b), point 9 (b), (c), (d), also in conjunction with (3) The minimum age for driving a motor vehicle for which a driving licence is not required shall be 15 years. This shall not apply to the driving of a motorized nurse pursuant to Article 4 (1), second sentence, point 2, with a maximum design speed of not more than 10 km/h by disabled persons. (4) If a child is under seven years of age, The driver must be at least 16 years of age on a Mofa pursuant to Article 4 (1), second sentence, point 1, or on a small-scale motor vehicle pursuant to Article 4 (1), second sentence, point 1 (b). Unofficial table of contents

§ 11 suitability

(1) applicants for a driving licence must meet the physical and mental requirements necessary for this purpose. In particular, the requirements shall not be met if there is a disease or a defect in Annex 4 or 5, which excludes the suitability or the conditional suitability for driving motor vehicles. In addition, applicants may not have violated traffic law or criminal law significantly or repeatedly, thereby preclude the suitability of the candidates. Applicants for category D or D1 driving licences and the driving licence for the carriage of passengers in accordance with section 48 shall also be responsible for ensuring that they do justice to the special responsibility for the carriage of passengers. The applicant has to prove this by submitting a certificate according to § 30 paragraph 5 sentence 1 of the Federal Central Register Act. (2) If facts are known, the concerns about the physical or mental aptitude of the driver's licence applicant are known. , the driving licence authority may, in order to prepare decisions on the granting or renewal of the licence or on the arrangement of restrictions or conditions, the application of a medical expert opinion by the applicant order. Concerns about physical or mental aptitude persist in particular when facts are known which indicate a disease or a defect in Annex 4 or 5. The Authority shall also determine, in the order, whether the opinion of a

1.

Specialist in the field of transport medicine, who is responsible for the question (paragraph 6, first sentence),

2.

doctor of the health care office or any other doctor of public administration,

3.

Doctor with the term "occupational medicine" or the additional name "occupational medicine",

4.

Doctor with the area name "Specialist in legal medicine" or

5.

A doctor in an assessment body for the suitability of the vehicle, which satisfies the requirements of Annex 14;

is to be created. The Authority may also take a number of such arrangements. The specialist doctor referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 1 shall not be the physician who is treating the person concerned. (3) The provision of an expert opinion of an officially recognised assessment body for the suitability of the use (medical-psychological expert opinion) may be clarified. of aptitude doubts shall be arranged for the purposes referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2;

1.

if, after assessment of the opinions referred to in paragraph 2 or paragraph 4, a medical-psychological opinion is additionally required,

2.

preparing a decision on the exemption from the provisions on minimum age,

3.

in the case of significant anomalies communicated in the course of a driving licence examination pursuant to Article 18 (3),

4.

in the event of a serious infringement or repeated infringements of traffic law provisions,

5.

in the case of a serious offence relating to road transport or of offences relating to road transport,

6.

in the case of a significant offence relating to the suitability of a vehicle, in particular where there is evidence of a high potential for aggression or where a significant offence has been committed in the use of a vehicle,

7.

in the case of offences related to the use of force, in particular where there is evidence of a high degree of aggression,

8.

if the special responsibility for the carriage of passengers referred to in paragraph 1 is to be checked, or

9.

when the driving licence is re-issued, if:

a)

the driving licence has been repeatedly withdrawn; or

b)

the withdrawal of the driving licence was based on a reason referred to in points 4 to 7.

Medical-psychological evaluations according to § 2a (4) and (5) and § 4 (10) sentence 4 of the Road Traffic Act as well as § 10 (2) and § § 13 and 14 in conjunction with Appendices 4 and 5 of this Regulation remain unaffected. (4) The contribution an expert opinion of an officially recognised expert or auditor for motor vehicle traffic may be arranged for the purpose of clarifying aptitude doubts for the purposes referred to in paragraph 2;

1.

if, after assessment of the opinions referred to in paragraph 2 or paragraph 3, an opinion of an officially recognised expert or auditor is additionally required, or

2.

in the case of a disability of the locomotor system, in order to determine whether the disabled person can safely carry the vehicle with the necessary special technical aids.

(5) The principles set out in Annex 4a shall apply to the carrying out of medical and medical psychological examinations and to the preparation of the relevant opinions. (6) The driving licence authority shall, taking into account the Special features of the individual case and in compliance with Appendixes 4 and 5, in the order to provide the opinion, determine the questions to be resolved with regard to the suitability of the person concerned to drive motor vehicles. The Authority shall inform the person concerned, in the light of the reasons for his doubts as to his suitability, and stating the body or bodies concerned for the investigation, that he/she shall, within a time limit laid down by it, apply to his or her the costs of the investigation and the advice of the expert opinion; it shall also inform him that he may consult the documents to be sent. The person concerned shall inform the driving licence authority of the position he has charged with the investigation. The driving licence authority shall inform the applicant body of the questions to be resolved with regard to the suitability of the person concerned to drive motor vehicles and shall send it the complete dossier, in so far as it is complied with by the the legal prohibition of exploitation must be used. The investigation is carried out on the basis of an order by the person concerned. (7) If the person concerned is not in a position to be convinced of the authority of the driving licence, the order shall not be used to provide the opinion. (8) The person concerned refuses to: , or if it does not provide the driving licence authority with the opinion requested by it within the prescribed period, it may, in its decision, conclude that the person concerned has not been granted any expropriation. Without prejudice to paragraphs 1 to 8, the candidates shall have the right to issue or extend a driving licence of categories C, C1, CE, C1E, D, D1, DE or D1E to determine their Suitability of the driving licence authority to provide proof in accordance with Appendix 5. (10) If the person concerned has taken part in a course in order to correct any identified suitability defects, it is generally sufficient to demonstrate the restoration of the suitability of the driving licence. a new medical-psychological opinion, a certificate of attendance, if:

1.

the relevant course is recognised in accordance with § 70,

2.

in the light of a medical-psychological opinion of an assessment body for the suitability of the exercise, the participation of the person concerned in this type of course is considered to be an appropriate measure to remedy his/her suitability for use; and

3.

The driving licence authority has agreed to the participation in the course referred to in point 2.

If the provision of an expert opinion has been ordered by an officially recognised assessment body for suitability for use in accordance with Article 4 (10) sentence 4 of the Road Traffic Act or in accordance with Article 11 (3) (4) to (7), sentence 1 shall not apply. (11) Certificate of attendance

1.

the surname and first name, the date and place of birth and the address of the seminar participant,

2.

the name of the seminar model and

3.

Information on the scope and duration of the seminar

. It is to be signed by the seminar leader and by the seminar participant, indicating the date of the exhibition. The issuing of the certificate of attendance shall be refused by the instructor, if the participant did not attend all the course sessions or refused to do course duties. Unofficial table of contents

§ 12 Attractions

(1) In order to drive motor vehicles, the requirements referred to in Appendix 6 must be fulfilled. (2) Applicants for a driving licence of categories AM, A1, A2, A, B, BE, L or T shall be subject to a visual test. The visual test is carried out by an officially recognized visual test site in compliance with DIN 58220 part 6, January 1997 edition. Before carrying out the visual test, the vision test site has to be convinced of the identity of the applicant by means of an insight into the identity card or passport. The visual test has been passed if the central daily visual acuity, with or without visual aid, reaches at least the value referred to in point 1.1 of Appendix 6. If the visual test results in less visual performance, the applicant may repeat the vision test with visual aids or with improved visual aids. (3) The vision test site shall issue a vision test certificate to the applicant. It shall indicate whether the visual test has been passed and whether it has been carried out with visual aids. If there is any doubt as to a sufficient vision for the driving of motor vehicles in the performance of the visual test, the vision test point shall indicate them on the visual test certificate. (4) A visual test is not required if a certificate is issued or an expert opinion of an ophthalmologist, and that the applicant fulfils the requirements laid down in Annex 6, point 1.1. (5) If the applicant does not have the vision test, he/she shall examine the eye of the eye of the eye of the eye of the eye of the eye of the eye. Vision according to Appendix 6, point 1.2 above and above the driving licence authority submit a certificate from the ophthalmologist. (6) Applicants for the grant or renewal of a driving licence in categories C, C1, CE, C1E, D, D1, DE or D1E shall undergo an examination of the vision set out in Annex 6, point 2, and shall be entitled to The driving licence authority must submit a certificate issued by the physician in accordance with point 2.1 of Appendix 6 or a certificate issued by the ophthalmologist in accordance with point 2.2 of Appendix 6. (7) Test certificate, certificate or expert opinion may not be older than two years when the application is lodged (8) become aware of the facts that give rise to concerns that the If the applicant does not meet the requirements for the visual acuity referred to in Appendix 6, or that other impairments of vision which affect the suitability for driving of motor vehicles exist, the driving licence authority shall be entitled to: To prepare the decision on the granting or renewal of the licence or on the arrangement of restrictions or conditions, order the provision of an ophthalmologists ' opinion. In accordance with Article 11 (5) to (8), Section 11 (6) sentence 4 shall apply, however, with the proviso that only such documents shall be sent for the purpose of assessing whether there are impairments in the vision of the vision of fitness for the purpose of driving Motor vehicles are required. Unofficial table of contents

§ 13 Clarification of Suitability Doubts in the case of alcohol problems

In order to prepare decisions on the granting or renewal of the licence or on the arrangement of restrictions or conditions, the driving licence authority shall order that:

1.

A medical opinion (Article 11 (2) sentence 3) must be provided where facts establish the acceptance of alcohol dependence; or

2.

A medical-psychological expert opinion should be provided if:

a)

according to the medical opinion, there is no alcohol dependence but there are signs of alcohol abuse, or if there are any evidence of the adoption of alcohol abuse,

b)

have repeatedly been committed in road transport under the influence of alcohol,

c)

a vehicle was conducted in road transport at a blood alcohol concentration of 1.6 per mille or more or of a respiratory alcohol concentration of 0.8 mg/l or more;

d)

the driving licence has been withdrawn from any of the grounds referred to in points (a) to (c); or

e)

otherwise it will be necessary to clarify whether alcohol abuse or alcohol dependence no longer exists.

In the case of sentence 1 (2) (b), infringements committed exclusively against Section 24c of the Road Traffic Act shall not be taken into account. Unofficial table of contents

Section 14 Clarification of aptitude doubts with regard to narcotics and medicinal products

(1) In order to prepare decisions on the granting or renewal of the driving licence or on the arrangement of restrictions or conditions, the driving licence authority shall order a medical opinion (Article 11 (2) sentence 3). where facts justify the assumption that:

1.

Dependence on narcotics in the sense of the Narcotics Act, as amended by the Notice of 1 March 1994 (BGBl. 358), as last amended by Article 1 of the Regulation of 11 May 2011 (BGBl). 821), as amended, or by other psychoactive substances,

2.

Ingestion of narcotic drugs in the sense of the narcotics law or

3.

Abusive intake of psychoactive medicinal products or other psychoactive substances

is available. The provision of a medical opinion may be arranged if the person concerned has, or is in possession of, narcotics in the sense of the narcotics law. The provision of a medical-psychological opinion can be arranged if there is an occasional intake of cannabis and other facts give rise to doubts about the suitability. (2) The contribution of a medical-psychological expert opinion shall be arranged for the purposes referred to in paragraph 1 if:

1.

the driving licence was withdrawn from one of the grounds referred to in paragraph 1 by the driving licence authority or a court;

2.

to clarify whether the person concerned is still dependent or, without being dependent on it, the means or substances referred to in paragraph 1, or

3.

have repeatedly been committed in road transport in accordance with Article 24a of the Road Traffic Act. Section 13 (2) (b) shall remain unaffected.

Unofficial table of contents

§ 15 Driving licence examination

(1) The applicant for a driving licence has to prove his qualifications in a theoretical and a practical test. (2) In the case of the acquisition of a Class L driving licence, only a theoretical one, in the case of the extension of the class B, is required for the Class BE, class C1 to class C1E, class D to class DE and class D1 to class D1E requires only one practical test in each case. (3) In the extension of category A1 to class A2 or class A2 to class A, it is necessary to: only one practical test, as far as the applicant is concerned at the time of issue of the respective Driving licence for

1.

the driving licence of category A2 has for at least two years holder of the licence of category A1 and

2.

Category A driving licences have been holders of a category A2 driving licence for at least two years

is (ascent). The rules on training should not be applied. The first sentence shall not apply to a licence for category A1 issued using the number of keys 79.03 or 79.04. (4) Applicants for a category A2 driving licence, who, in accordance with § 6 (6), are in contact with Appendix 3 a class A1 driving licence, the A2 driving licence is granted on condition that they have demonstrated their qualifications in a practical test (ascent). The rules on training should not be applied. The first sentence shall not apply to a licence for category A1 issued using the number of keys 79.03 or 79.04. (5) The tests shall be taken by an officially recognised expert or examiner for the carriage of motor vehicles. Unofficial table of contents

§ 16 Theoretical Examination

(1) In the theoretical examination, the applicant has to prove that he/she

1.

have sufficient knowledge of the statutory provisions governing the driving of motor vehicles, as well as the environmentally responsible and energy-saving driving style, and

2.

is familiar with the dangers of road traffic and the conduct required to prevent them from being taken off.

(2) The examination shall be carried out on the basis of questions which may be put in different forms and with the help of different media. The examination material, the form of the examination, the scope of the examination, the compilation of questions and the evaluation of the examination result from Annex 7, Part 1. (3) The expert or examiner determines the time and place of the theoretical examination. It may not be taken at the earliest three months before reaching the minimum age. Prior to the examination, the expert or examiner must be convinced of the identity of the applicant by means of an insight into the identity card or passport. If there are doubts as to the identity, the test must not be carried out. The driving licence authority shall be notified of this. Prior to the examination, the applicant shall have a certificate of training in accordance with the procedure laid down in Appendix 7.1 to the Pupils ' Training Order of 19 June 2012 (BGBl. I p. 1318). The completion of the training must not be longer than two years. The expert or auditor shall verify that the information contained in the certificate is at least equivalent to the level of training prescribed in accordance with the Rules of Education and Training Order. If this is not the result of the training certificate, the examination must not be carried out. Unofficial table of contents

§ 17 Practical Examination

(1) In the practical test, the applicant must prove that he/she is aware of the technical knowledge required for the safe conduct of a motor vehicle, possibly with a trailer, in the transport sector, and of an adequate knowledge of an environmentally conscious and energy-saving driving style, as well as its practical application. Applicants for a driving licence of categories D, D1, DE or D1E must also demonstrate sufficient driving skills. The applicant has to provide a test vehicle for the class for which he wishes to prove his qualifications, corresponding to the Appendix 7. The practical examination may only be taken after passing the theoretical examination and at the earliest one month before reaching the minimum age. The practical test for the extension of category A1 to category A2 or category A2 to category A may not be carried out at the earliest one month before the end of the two-year period following the granting of the category A1 or A2 driving licence or when the class A is reached. (2) The examination material, the test vehicles, the duration of the examination, the conduct of the examination and its evaluation shall be determined in accordance with Annex 7, Part 2. (3) The applicant shall have the practical test Place of his main residence or at the place of his school or vocational training, his Study or work at his/her workplace. If these locations are not test sites, the test must be carried out by the driving licence authority at a nearby test-site. The driving licence authority may also allow the applicant to submit the examination to another examiner. (4) The examination takes place in principle within and outside closed areas. The details shall be set out in Appendix 7 The local part of the practical test shall be carried out in closed localities (sign 310 of the road traffic order), which shall be based on the road network, the traffic signs and facilities available, and the traffic density and structure to verify the essential transport operations (examiners). The inspection forte shall be determined by the competent supreme state authority, the authority designated by it or the body responsible under national law. The non-local part of the practical test is to be carried out outside closed areas in the vicinity of the test site, including motorways, and must carry out the examination of all major transport operations even at higher levels of traffic. (5) The expert or examiner determines the time, the starting point and the course of the practical test in the examiner and its surroundings. Prior to the examination, the expert or examiner must be convinced of the identity of the applicant by means of an insight into the identity card or passport. If there are doubts as to the identity, the test must not be carried out. The driving licence authority shall be notified of this. Prior to the examination, the applicant shall submit a certificate of training to the expert or examiner in accordance with the model shown in Appendix 7.2 or, in the case of Classes D, D1, DE or D1E, from Annex 7.3 to the Driving Student Training Order. § 16 (3) sentences 7 to 9 shall apply. (6) If the motor vehicle used in the test drive is not a manual transmission

1.

with clutch pedal or

2.

in the case of vehicles of categories A, A1 or A2 with clutch levers

, the driving licence shall be restricted to the driving of motor vehicles without a clutch pedal or in the case of vehicles of categories A, A1 or A2 without a clutch lever. This shall not apply to the driving licences of categories AM and T and to categories BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, D1, D1E, D and DE, if the applicant is already the holder of a category B, BE, C, CE, C1 driving licence obtained on a vehicle with a manual gearbox C1E, D, DE, D1, or D1E. The restriction within the meaning of the first sentence shall be waived on request if the holder of the licence proves to the expert or examiner in a practical test that he/she is to be provided with a manual gearbox for the safe guidance of a manual transmission The motor vehicle of the relevant higher class or of a corresponding higher class is capable. A vehicle with a manual transmission shall be a vehicle which shall:

1.

by means of a clutch pedal or

2.

in the case of categories A, A2 and A1 via a hand-operated clutch lever

, which must be operated by the driver when starting or stopping the vehicle, as well as during gear change. The rules on training should not be applied. Unofficial table of contents

Section 18 Common rules for the theoretical and practical examination

(1) In the case of acts of deception, the examination shall be deemed not to exist. An examination which has not been passed may not be repeated before the end of a reasonable period of time (usually not less than two weeks, in the case of a deception test at least six weeks). (2) The practical test must be carried out within twelve months. Months after the existence of the theoretical test. Otherwise, the theoretical test loses its validity. The period between the conclusion of the practical examination or, if no practical examination is required, between the completion of the theoretical examination and the suspension of the licence shall not exceed two years. Otherwise, the entire examination will cease to be valid. (3) If the expert or examiner finds facts which give rise to doubts as to the physical or mental aptitude of the applicant, he/she has to inform the driving licence authority and to inform the applicant of this. Unofficial table of contents

§ 19 Training in First Aid

(1) applicants for a driving licence must take part in a training course in First Aid, comprising at least nine lessons of 45 minutes each. The training is intended to provide the applicant with theoretical instruction and practical exercises based on thorough knowledge and practical skills in the first aid. (2) The proof of participation in a training in First Aid will be provided by the Certificate of an officially recognised body or institution of the public administration, in particular the Bundeswehr, the police or the Federal Police, for such training. In the event of an extension or the re-issuance of a driving licence, proof must be waived if the applicant has previously participated in a first-aid training referred to in paragraph 1. (3) The proof of participation in the licence shall be waived. In particular, training in the first aid referred to in paragraph 1 shall not be required;

1.

a certificate of examination of the medical or dental state examination or proof of completed medical or dental training obtained abroad,

2.

a certificate of completed training in a statutory health professional within the meaning of Article 74 (1) (19) of the Basic Law, in one of the state-approved health professionals under the Vocational Training Act (VET Act) Training occupations of medical, dental, veterinary or pharmaceutical-commercial specialists/Medical, dental, veterinary or pharmaceutical commercial employees or in a country law -regulated health and social care workers; or

3.

a certificate of training as a nurse's helper, nursery helpers, a medical education or a training as a rescue swimmer with the qualification for the German lifeguard badmark in silver or gold

shall be presented. Unofficial table of contents

Section 20 Neuerissuance of a driving licence

(1) The re-distribution of a driving licence following prior withdrawal or after a prior waiver shall be subject to the rules applicable to the granting of a licence. § 15 shall not apply subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. (2) The driving licence authority shall order a driving licence examination if there are facts which justify the acceptance that the applicant must have the necessary information pursuant to § 16 (1) and § 17 (1). (3) The arrangement of a medical-psychological examination in accordance with § 11 (3) sentence 1 (9) remains untouched.

3.
Procedure for the granting of a licence

Unofficial table of contents

Section 21 Application for a driver's licence

(1) The application for a driving licence shall be submitted in writing to the competent authority or authority responsible under national law or to the driving licence authority. The applicant shall appear personally at the request of these authorities or bodies. The applicant shall communicate the following data and, on request, demonstrate:

1.

the personal data referred to in Article 2 (6) of the Road Traffic Act, as well as the data on the normal residence in the country, including the address and

2.

the forming driving school.

(2) The applicant shall further indicate whether he or she has already a driving licence from a Member State of the European Union or of another State Party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, or whether he/she has a driving licence from a Member State of the European Union or of another State Party to the Agreement on the other authority of such a State. If the holder of a driving licence from such a State requests an extension of the driving licence to another class, this application must be considered as a request for the grant of the German driving licence in accordance with § 30. The applicant shall, in any event, make a statement that he/she waived the licence requested for a possible existing driving licence of that class from such a State. (3) The application shall be as follows: To be accompanied by:

1.

an official proof of place and day of birth,

2.

a photograph, which is the provisions of the Ordinance of the Ordinance of 19. October 2007 (BGBl. 2386), as last amended by Article 1 of the Regulation of 25 June 2008. October 2010 (BGBl. 1440), is the equivalent of:

3.

in the case of an application for a driving licence of categories AM, A1, A2, A, B, BE, L or T, a certificate of vision pursuant to section 12 (3) or a certificate or an opinion pursuant to § 12 (4) or a certificate pursuant to § 12 (5),

4.

in the case of an application for a driving licence of categories C, C1, CE, C1E, D, D1, DE or D1E, a certificate or expert opinion on the physical and mental aptitude in accordance with § 11 (9) and a certificate or a certificate of vision according to § 12 (6),

5.

proof of the training in first aid,

6.

in the case of an application for a driving licence issued by categories D, D1, DE and D1E, a certificate pursuant to section 30 (5) sentence 1 of the Federal Central Register Act.

The driving licence authority may allow exceptions to the design of the light image prescribed in the first sentence of 1. Unofficial table of contents

Section 22 Procedure with the Authority and the Technical Examination Office

(1) The authority or body responsible under national law and the driving licence authority may, by obtaining information from the reporting register, verify the correctness and completeness of the data communicated by the applicant. (2) The The driving licence authority shall determine whether there are concerns about the suitability of the applicant for driving motor vehicles and whether he or she is already in possession of a driving licence or was. In order to do so, it has to obtain information from the register of driving licences and the central driving licence register at its expense. In addition, it can obtain information from the relevant foreign registers at its expense-usually via the Federal Office of the Federal Republic of Germany-and require that the applicant be granted a certificate of leadership in the case of the Federal Office of Foreign Affairs. Driving licence authority applied for in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Central Register Act. If there is evidence that the information on the possession of a foreign driving licence does not apply, the authority may, by way of derogation from the third sentence, allow the applicant to obtain a foreign register extract at the cost of the foreign registration. If facts are known which give rise to concerns about the suitability of the applicant, the driving licence authority shall proceed in accordance with § § 11 to 14. (2a) A driver's licence shall not be issued if the applicant has previously been granted a licence in another Member State of the European Union or any other Contracting State of the Agreement on the European Economic Area, an EU or EEA driving licence provisionally or legally enforceable by a court or immediately enforceable by a court of law or of a court of law Administrative authority has been withdrawn. Sentence 1 shall not apply in so far as the reasons for the withdrawal no longer exist. (2b) In order to prove that the reasons for the withdrawal pursuant to paragraph 2a no longer exist, the applicant shall have a certificate of the body which is the former EU or EEA driving licence in the Member State concerned of the European Union or State Party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, to be submitted to the competent authority of the Member State in accordance with the State Law. (3) If all the conditions for the issue of the driving licence are fulfilled, the driving licence authority shall have the licence to be completed and handed over. (4) The applicant shall still have the examination required in accordance with § 15 , the driving licence authority shall instruct the competent technical inspection body for the circulation of motor vehicles to carry out the examination and immediately give it the prepared driving licence (section 25) without specifying the date of issue of the class requested. submit. The expert or auditor shall examine whether the applicant is competent to drive motor vehicles, if necessary with a trailer, of the class requested. The expert or examiner or otherwise the driving licence authority shall issue the driving licence after the date of the date of the date of suspension, if the examination has been passed. It may only be handed out if the applicant's identity is unquestionable. If the expert or examiner has issued the driving licence, he shall inform the driving licence authority, stating the date of the date of suspension. In addition, he has to send the training certificate to the driving licence authority. Driving licences shall be issued by handing out the driving licence or, if the driving licence is not available, by a temporary examination certificate in accordance with Annex 8a which is valid only in the country as proof of driving licence. (5) The The technical inspection body shall return the test order to the driving licence authority if:

1.

the theoretical test has not been passed within 12 months of the date of receipt of the test order,

2.

the practical test has not been passed within 12 months of the existence of the theoretical test, or

3.

in those cases where no theoretical examination is required, the practical test has not been passed within 12 months of the date of receipt of the test order.

Unofficial table of contents

§ 22a Difference of the procedure in the case of an electronic test order and the prior detection of the driving licence

(1) By way of derogation from the first sentence of Article 22 (4), the driving licence authority may, with the agreement of the competent supreme state authority, send a prepared driving licence to the competent technical inspection body for the circulation of motor vehicles in accordance with The following provisions shall be laid down. Unless otherwise specified below, the general rules shall remain unaffected. (2) The driving licence authority shall send the following data to the competent technical inspection body for the circulation of motor vehicles in order to carry out the test. Reference to the applicant:

1.

Audit Order Number,

2.

Date of issue of the test order,

3.

Name, first name, date of birth, address, place of birth, sex, nationality, type of identity document and ID number,

4.

a digital copy of the light image for the driver's license,

5.

Information on the possession of driving licence classes,

6.

Type of test (initial distribution, extension, rewriting, re-distribution),

7.

driving licence classes applied for,

8.

conditions and restrictions on the driving licence classes applied for,

9.

minimum age,

10.

Information on the theoretical test,

11.

information on the practical test,

12.

Indication of whether the applicant has waived the issue of a provisional proof of driving licence.

(3) In the event of a passed examination, the expert or examiner shall, by way of derogation from § 22 (4) sentence 3, issue the applicant with a preliminary proof of the driving licence according to Appendix 8a with the onset of the date of delivery. Section 22, paragraph 4, sentence 4 and 5 shall apply with the proviso that the result of the examination, the driving licence class issued in each case and the date of issue of the provisional proof of the driving licence of the driving licence authority shall be applied, indicating the data in accordance with (4) If the applicant is already in possession of a driving licence or a proof of driving licence, and the driving licence is to be extended to other categories, the applicant shall be entitled to Examination of the provisional proof of driving licences shall be issued only if the applicant the expert or auditor shall pass on his or her previous driving licence or the previous proof of driving licence issued to him for the purpose of forwarding to the driving licence authority. The driving licence authority shall send the new driving licence to the applicant as soon as possible, to be sent or sent to the applicant. (5) The applicant may declare in his application in accordance with § 21 that he/she has applied for all applications for Driving licence classes are waived for the issue of a provisional proof of driving licences. In the event of a waiver, the expert or examiner shall only submit the result of the examination of the driving licence authority and shall give the applicant a confirmation of that. If the applicant is already in possession of a driving licence or a proof of driving licence, he will obtain the driving licence with the additional driving licence classes only against the return of the previous driving licence or of the driver's licence. Provisional proof of the driving licence issued by the driving licence authority. (6) In his application according to § 21, the applicant can declare that he needs the driving licence immediately after the examination has been passed. In the case of a declaration in accordance with the first sentence, the driving licence authority shall already have the driving licence issued to the technical inspection body by issuing the test order and the applicant shall, in so far as all the other conditions for the test contract have been To be issued, handed over, handed over or sent to the public. (7) The provisional proof of driving licences shall be regarded as proof within the meaning of Article 4 (3), first sentence, and only in Germany; it shall be valid until the driver's licence is issued, for three months at the latest from the date of his Hand-out, valid. Unofficial table of contents

§ 23 Period of validity of the licence, restrictions and conditions

(1) The driving licence of categories AM, A1, A2, A, B, BE, L and T shall be granted on an indefinite basis. The driving licence of the other classes shall be granted at the latest for the following periods:

1.

Classes C1, C1E: up to the completion of the 50. Year of life, after completion of the 45. Year of life of the applicant for five years,

2.

Classes C, CE: for five years,

3.

Classes D, D1, DE and D1E: for five years.

The basis for the measurement of the period of validity shall be the date of the day on which the driving licence authority shall issue the contract for the manufacture of the driving licence. (2) If the applicant is only suitable for driving motor vehicles, the Driving licence authority shall, as far as necessary, restrict the driving licence or subject to the necessary conditions. The restriction may extend, in particular, to a particular type of vehicle or to a particular vehicle with special devices. Unofficial table of contents

Section 24 Renewal of driving licences

(1) The period of validity of the driving licence of categories C, C1, CE, C1E, D, D1, DE and D1E shall be extended, at the request of the holder, in each case by the periods specified in section 23 (1) sentence 2, if:

1.

the holder proves his suitability in accordance with Appendix 5 and the fulfilment of the requirements for the visual acuity of Appendix 6, and

2.

there are no facts justifying the assumption that one of the other requirements for the issue of driving licences as apparent from § § 7 to 19 is missing.

The period of validity of the extended driving licence shall be based on the date of the day on which the driving licence to be extended shall end. The extension of the classes D, D1, DE and D1E can only be done through the completion of the 50. (2) the first sentence of paragraph 1 and the third sentence of paragraph 23 (1) shall also be used for the granting of a licence for the appropriate class. if the period of validity of the previous driving licence of this class has expired at the time of application. (3) Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall also apply if the holder of the driving licence is normally resident in a non-European Union or the Agreement on the European Economic Area (EEA). Unofficial table of contents

§ 24a Validity of driving licences

(1) The validity of the driving licences issued from 19 January 2013 shall be valid for a period of 15 years. The provisions of Section 23 (1) shall remain unaffected. (2) Driving licences issued before 19 January 2013 shall be exchanged for the period up to 19 January 2033. Paragraph 1 shall remain unaffected. (3) When a driving licence is frozen for the first time, the basis for the assessment of the validity shall be the date of the day on which the driving licence authority shall issue the contract for the manufacture of the driving licence. The basis for the calculation of the validity of an already extended driving licence is the date of the day on which the preceding freezing period ends. Sentence 2 shall also apply if the validity of the licence is still valid or has already expired upon application. Unofficial table of contents

Section 25 Production of the driving licence

(1) The driving licence shall be drawn up in accordance with the model 1 of Appendix 8. It may only be issued if the applicant

1.

has its normal place of residence within the meaning of Article 7 (1) or (2) in the Federal Republic of Germany,

2.

belongs to the group of persons referred to in Article 7 (3); or

3.

has its normal place of residence in a State which is not a Member State of the European Union or a State Party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and which is in possession of a German driving licence.

(2) In the event of an extension or extension of the driving licence or changes in the particulars on the driving licence, a new driving licence shall be completed. In the case of an extension of the driving licence to another class, the driving licence shall be marked on the date on which the EU or EEA driving licence has been granted for the existing classes. (3) In the case of entries on the driving licence, which are not already provided for in the model, in particular due to restrictions and conditions, the key figures laid down in Annex 9 shall be used. (3a) If the licence has expired, the holder shall have a new driving licence. , unless he waived the driving licence. The second sentence of paragraph 4 shall apply. (4) If a driving licence has been or has been destroyed, the previous holder shall immediately indicate the loss and issue a replacement document if he does not rely on the driving licence. Without. If a replacement driver's licence is issued for a hand-off, the driving licence authority shall, at the request of the applicant, obtain information from the Central Driving Licenses Register and from the travel suitability register at the request of the applicant. shall ensure that the applicant has the appropriate driving licence. In addition, it can, as a rule, obtain information from the relevant foreign registers at the expense of the Federal Office of the Federal Office (Bundesamt). (5) When a new driving licence is issued, the previous driver's licence shall be drawn in or to make it invalid. He loses his validity with the handing out of the new driving licence. If the previous driver's licence is re-found after the new driver has been handed out again, he shall immediately be delivered to the competent driving licence authority. Unofficial table of contents

Section 25a Request for the issuing of an international driving licence

(1) Motor vehicle drivers shall, upon request, receive the International Driving Licenation if they are 18. In accordance with § 6 (1), the EU or EEA driving licence required for driving the vehicle in accordance with a model to be used from 1 January 1999 or a foreign permit for driving motor vehicles in accordance with § 29 . The second sentence of Article 29 (2) shall apply accordingly. An international driving licence pursuant to section 25b (3) may only be issued if the holder has his normal domident domirior or in a State which is not a contracting party to the Convention on Road Transport of 8 November 1968. (2) The application shall be accompanied by a photograph corresponding to the provisions of the passport regulation and the driving licence. Unofficial table of contents

Section 25b Exhibition of the International Driving Licenation

(1) International driving licences must be issued in German with Latin printed or written characters in accordance with Annexes 8c and 8d. (2) International driving licences in accordance with Article 7 and Annex E to the International Agreement on International Trade Licenda Motor vehicle traffic of 24 April 1926 (RGBl. 1233), the relevant driving licence classes and their restrictions are to be found in paragraph 5 of the preliminary observations relating to Annex 8c. (2a) The International Driving Licences to Annex 8c shall be issued on the basis of a driving licence issued by the between 1 January 1999 and 18 January 2013, the relevant driving licence classes and their restrictions shall be obtained from point 6 of the preliminary observations relating to Annex 8c. Further restrictions on driving are to be taken over. (3) In the case of the International Driving Licence under Article 41 and Annex 7 of the Convention on Road Transport of 8 November 1968 (BGBl. 809), the relevant driving licence classes and their limitations are given in point 5 of the preliminary observations relating to Appendix 8d. Further restrictions on driving licences shall be granted. (3a) The International Driving Licence issued in accordance with Annex 8d shall be issued on the basis of a driving licence issued between 1 January 1999 and 18 January 2013. the relevant driving licence classes and their restrictions from point 6 of the preliminary remarks to Appendix 8d. Further restrictions on the driving licence are to be taken over. (4) The period of validity of the International Driving Licence according to Appendix 8c is one year, such as in Annex 8d three years, each from the date of their exhibition. The period of validity shall not exceed the period of validity of the national driving licence, the number of which must be recorded on the International Driving Licance.

4.
Special provisions for the driving of service vehicles

Unofficial table of contents

§ 26 Service permit

(1) The driving licences issued by the services of the Bundeswehr, the Federal Police and the police (Section 73 (4)) entitle only to drive service vehicles (official driving licences). In the case of issuing a service licence, the presentation of the certificate in accordance with Section 11 (1) sentence 5 may be waived. A driving licence for the Bundeswehr is issued in accordance with the model 2 of Appendix 8, through which a driving licence is issued by the Federal Police and the police in accordance with model 3 of Appendix 8 (service licence). The service licence of the Bundeswehr shall be issued in the classes shown in specimen 2 of Appendix 8. The scope of the authority to drive official vehicles of the Bundeswehr is obtained from Appendix 10. The service licence for the Bundeswehr is only valid in connection with the service card. (2) The holder of the service licence may only make use of it for the duration of the service. In case of termination of the service, the service licence shall be drawn in. If the service is re-established, a service licence may be issued, provided that the service licence is still valid. If it is no longer valid, the service licence can be re-issued under the conditions laid down in § 24 (1). (3) When the service is terminated for the first time after the granting or re-distribution of the relevant class of the The licence shall be certified to the holder upon request for which category of motor vehicles was granted the licence. Unofficial table of contents

Section 27 Relationship between general driving licence and service licence

(1) The holder of a service licence shall apply for a general driving licence during the duration of the service, the following provisions shall not apply:

1.

Section 11 (9) on the medical examination and § 12 (6) on the examination of vision, unless an investigation is required in accordance with § § 23 and 24 of this article.

2.

Section 12 (2) on the vision test,

3.

Section 15 on the qualification test,

4.

Section 19 on training in first aid,

5.

the rules on training.

The same shall apply on presentation of a certificate pursuant to section 26 (3). The class of general driving licences to be issued on the basis of the Bundeswehr's service licence shall be obtained from Appendix 10. (2) If the holder of a general driving licence is granted a service licence of the same or of a corresponding class , the service licence authority may apply the first sentence of paragraph 1 accordingly. This also applies to the granting of a service licence for the Bundeswehr in a class deviating from Article 6 (1), in so far as the conditions laid down in the first sentence of paragraph 1 are also prerequisites for the granting of the service permit. (3) The Driving licence authority shall inform the service authority which issued the service licence the unquestionable failure of the general driving licence and the unquestionable or provisionally effective withdrawal of the general driving licence, including the reasons for the decision without delay. The office shall immediately inform the competent driving licence authority of the unquestionable failure of the service licence and the unquestionable or provisionally effective withdrawal of the licence, including the reasons for the decision, provided that the failure to do so shall be or that withdrawal is based on the provisions of the Road Traffic Act. For the purpose of carrying out the tasks referred to in this paragraph, other bodies may also be appointed in place of the departments concerned. In the area of the Bundeswehr, the Central Military Power Station carries out the tasks. (4) The service licence shall be issued with the withdrawal of the general driving licence.

5.
Special provisions for holders of foreign driving licences

Unofficial table of contents

Section 28 Recognition of driving licences from Member States of the European Union or of another State Party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area

(1) Holds of a valid EU or EEA driving licence which have their normal place of residence within the meaning of Article 7 (1) or (2) of the Federal Republic of Germany may, subject to the restrictions laid down in paragraphs 2 to 4, be entitled to the extent of their Entitlement to motor vehicles in Germany. Requirements for foreign driving licences must also be observed in Germany. The provisions of this Regulation shall apply to driving licences unless otherwise specified. (2) The extent of the entitlement of the respective driving licence classes shall be determined by the Commission Decision of 20 March 2014 on: Equivalences between driving licence classes (OJ L 196, 27.7.2001 OJ L 120, 23.4.2014, p. 1). The authorisation referred to in paragraph 1 shall not apply to driving licences for which the Commission's decision does not give any corresponding classes. Section 6 (3) shall apply to the right to drive vehicles of categories L and T. (3) The provisions relating to the duration of driving licences in categories C, C1, CE, C1E, D, D1, DE and D1E in § 23 (1) shall also apply to the relevant EU and EEA driving licences. The basis for the calculation of the period of validity shall be the date of issue of the foreign driving licence. Should such a driving licence be no longer valid from the date of transfer of the normal residence to the Federal Republic of Germany, since more than five years have elapsed since the grant was issued or-in the case of classes C1 and C1E-the Owner of the 50. The entitlement under the first sentence of paragraph 1 shall apply for a period of six months, calculated on the basis of the normal residence domestiy, for a period of six months. § 30 in conjunction with Section 24 (1) shall apply mutas to the issue of a German driving licence. (4) The entitlement under paragraph 1 shall not apply to holders of an EU or EEA driver's licence;

1.

who are merely in possession of a learning licence or another provisionally issued driving licence,

2.

the indisputable information originating from the driving licence or from the Member State of issue, at the time of issue, had its normal residence in the territory of the country, unless it is a student or a student within the meaning of § 7 (2) have acquired the driving licence during a period of at least six months ' stay;

3.

the driving licence in the country has been provisionally or legally enforceable by a court of law or immediately or has been successfully withdrawn by a management authority to which the driving licence has been successfully passed or to which the driver's licence has been passed. Driving licences have not been withdrawn because they have temporarily waived the driving licence,

4.

which may not be granted a driving licence on the basis of a legally binding judicial decision,

5.

as long as they are subject to a driving ban in the home country, in the State which issued the driving licence, or in the State in which they have their normal residence, or if the driving licence is confiscated in accordance with Section 94 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, or is taken into custody,

6.

which were holders of a German driving licence at the time of the acquisition of the foreign EU or EEA driving licence,

7.

whose driving licence has been exchanged without examination in Annex 11 on the basis of a driving licence from a third country not listed in Appendix 11, or whose driving licence has been issued on the basis of a forged driving licence issued by a third country,

8.

which, at the time of the granting of a licence to a third country, which has been exchanged for a foreign EU or EEA driving licence, or at the time of issuing the EU or EEA driving licence on the basis of a driving licence of a The third country of residence is domesized, unless it is granted foreign permission to drive a motor vehicle as a student or a student within the meaning of § 7 (2) in a foreign EU-or EEA-driving licence during a minimum of have exchanged six months of stay, or

9.

which presupposes the possession of another class if the driving licence of this class under points 1 to 8 in the country does not entice it to drive motor vehicles.

In the cases referred to in the first sentence, the Authority may adopt a determining administrative act on the lack of authorization. The provisions of paragraphs 3 and 4 shall apply only if the measures referred to therein are registered in the register of driving rights and are not satisfied in accordance with Section 29 of the Road Traffic Act. Paragraph 9 shall also apply if the absence of entitlement does not result directly from the driving licence. (5) The right to use an EU or EEA driving licence in accordance with one of the decisions referred to in paragraph 4 (3) and (4) in Germany. , shall be granted on request if the reasons for the withdrawal or the suspension no longer exist. The third sentence of paragraph 4 and Article 20 (1) and (3) shall apply accordingly. Unofficial table of contents

Section 29 Foreign driving licences

(1) holders of a foreign driving licence may, if they do not have a normal place of residence in accordance with § 7, carry motor vehicles in the scope of their entitlement in the domestic territory of the country. In accordance with Article 6 (3), the authority to drive vehicles of categories AM, L and T shall apply mutatily. If the holder of a driving licence issued in another Member State of the European Union or of another State Party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area has established a normal domially, his or her driving licence shall be established. Further authorization to drive motor vehicles according to § 28. If the holder of a driving licence issued in another country is based on a normal residence in the country, the entitlement still exists for six months. The driving licence authority may extend the time limit upon application for a period of up to six months if the applicant proves that he/she will not have his normal residence for more than 12 months at home. Requirements for foreign driving licences must also be observed in Germany. (2) The driving licence is a valid national or international driving licence in accordance with Article 7 of and Annex E to the International Agreement on Motor Vehicle Transport of the 24 April 1926, Article 24 and Annex 10 to the Convention on Road Transport of 19 September 1949 (United Nations Treaty No 1552 p. 22) or Article 41 and Annex 7 to the Convention on Road Transport of 8 November 1968 in connection with the underlying national driving licence. Foreign national driving licences, which are not in German language, which are not in another Member State of the European Union or another State Party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or Switzerland , or which do not comply with Annex 6 to the Convention on Road Transport of 8 November 1968, must be accompanied by a translation, unless the Federal Republic of Germany has the right to carry out the translation Without. The translation must be made by an internationally recognised automobile club of the issuing State or by a body designated by the Federal Ministry of Transport and Digital Infrastructure. (3) The authorization referred to in paragraph 1 shall not apply to: Holders of foreign driving licences,

1.

who are merely in possession of a learning licence or another provisionally issued driving licence,

1a.

which have not yet reached the minimum age prescribed in accordance with Article 10 (1) for the granting of a driving licence and whose driving licence is not from another Member State of the European Union or another State Party to the Agreement has been granted on the European Economic Area,

2.

which, at the time of the granting of the foreign permit to drive motor vehicles of a State which is not a Member State of the European Union or another State Party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, have had normal domials,

2a.

the non-disputable information originating from the EU or EEA driving licence or from the issuing Member State of the European Union or the Contracting State of the European Economic Area at the time of issue of the ordinary have domiated residence in Germany, unless they have acquired the driving licence during a period of at least six months as students or pupils within the meaning of Section 7 (2),

3.

the driving licence in the country has been provisionally or legally enforceable by a court of law or immediately or has been successfully withdrawn by a management authority to which the driving licence has been successfully passed or to which the driver's licence has been passed. Driving licences have not been withdrawn because they have temporarily waived the driving licence,

4.

which may not be granted a driving licence on the basis of a legally binding judicial decision; or

5.

as long as they are subject to a driving ban in the home country, in the State which issued the driving licence or in the State in which they have their normal residence, or if the driving licence is confiscated in accordance with Section 94 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, or has been taken into custody.

In the cases referred to in the first sentence, the Authority may adopt a determining administrative act on the lack of authorization. Sentence 1 (3) and (4) shall apply to an EU or EEA driving licence only if the measures referred to therein are registered in the register of driving licences and are not satisfied in accordance with § 29 of the Road Traffic Act. (4) The right to obtain a licence from a foreign Driving licences shall be made in accordance with one of the decisions referred to in paragraph 3 (3) and (4) domestiy, shall be issued on request if the reasons for the withdrawal no longer exist. Unofficial table of contents

§ 29a Driving licences of members of the armed forces of the United States of America and Canada stationed in Germany

Members of the armed forces of the United States of America or of Canada or of the civilian group of these Armed Forces and their respective members of the armed forces are entitled to use a driving licence issued in the sending State. to drive private cars in the sending State of such vehicles in the territory of the Federal Republic of Germany if they

1.

a valid certificate in accordance with Article 9 (2) of the Additional Agreement to the Agreement between the parties to the North Atlantic Treaty on the status of their troops in respect of foreign nationals stationed in the Federal Republic of Germany Troops, and

2.

at the time of issue of the certificate referred to in point 1, have the right to carry out private motor vehicles in the sending State.

The certificate must be carried in the driving of motor vehicles and must be handed over to the competent persons for examination on request. An extension of the certificate by the troop authorities shall remain unaffected. Unofficial table of contents

§ 30 Granting of a driving licence to the holder of a licence from a Member State of the European Union or another State Party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area

(1) If the holder of an EU or EEA driving licence, which has the right or has the right to drive motor vehicles domestians, requests the granting of a driving licence for the corresponding class of motor vehicles, the following provisions shall not apply: to apply:

1.

Section 11 (9) on the medical examination and § 12 (6) on the examination of vision, unless an investigation is required in accordance with § § 23 and 24 of this article.

2.

Section 12 (2) on the vision test,

3.

Section 15 on the qualification test,

4.

Section 19 on training in first aid,

5.

the rules on training.

If the foreign driving licence is restricted to the driving of motor vehicles without a clutch pedal or in the case of vehicles of categories A, A1 or A2 without a shift lever, the driving licence shall be limited to the driving of such vehicles. § 17 (6) sentence 2 shall apply accordingly. (2) Expires the period of validity of an EU or EEA driving licence of categories AM, A1, A2, A, B, BE or B1, which has the right to drive motor vehicles domestily, on the grounds of the ordinary Residence in the Federal Republic of Germany, paragraph 1 shall apply accordingly; if it is a driving licence of categories C or D or of a class of sub-or trailer, the German driving licence shall be subject to the appropriate application of Section 24. Paragraph 2. Sentence 1 shall also apply if the period of validity has already expired before the normal residence has been justified. In this case, however, the driving licence authority must obtain information pursuant to Article 22 (2), third sentence, which also extends to the reason why the driving licence does not take place before the transfer of the normal residence to the Federal Republic of Germany (3) The driving licence shall only be handed out against the surrender of the foreign driving licence. In addition, the applicant has to supply all other driving licences in so far as they refer to the EU or EEA driving licence, which is the basis for the issue of the corresponding German driving licence. The driving licence authority shall send the driving licence back to the authority which it had issued in each case, stating the reasons for the entry into force of the motor vehicle. (4) In box 10, on the driving licence, the date on which the foreign exchange is to be issued shall be indicated in box 10. Driving licence for the relevant class had been granted. In the case of a driving licence, it should be noted that the issue of driving licences is based on a driving licence issued in a Member State of the European Union or another State Party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area (5) Paragraph 3 shall not apply to posted members of foreign diplomatic missions within the meaning of Article 1 (b) of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations of 18 April 1961 (BGBl. 957), as amended, and seconded members of professional consular representations within the meaning of Article 1 (1) (g) of the Vienna Convention of 24 April 1963 on Consular Relations (BGBl. 1585), as amended, as well as the family members belonging to the budget. Unofficial table of contents

Section 30a Return of driving licences

(1) If a driving licence issued on the basis of a German driving licence is converted into a driving licence of a Member State of the European Union or of another Contracting State of the Agreement on the European Economic Area, the the driving licence remains unchanged. In the case of a return to a German driving licence, the driving licence classes which are still valid must be documented in the same way. (2) The driver's license is to be handed out only in return for the tax on the foreign driving licence. The authority responsible under national law (the driving licence authority) shall send the driving licence back to the authority which it had issued in each case, stating the reasons for the Federal Republic of Germany's Federal Motor Force. Unofficial table of contents

Section 31 Granting of a driving licence to holders of a licence from a State outside the Agreement on the European Economic Area

(1) The holder of a driving licence issued in a State listed in Annex 11 and in a class referred to in Annex 11 and entitled or entitled to drive motor vehicles domestily shall be requested to: The following provisions shall not apply to the granting of a driving licence for the relevant category of motor vehicles:

1.

Section 11 (9) on the medical examination and § 12 (6) on the examination of vision, unless an investigation is required in accordance with § § 23 and 24 of this article.

2.

Section 12 (2) on the vision test,

3.

Section 15 on the qualification test in accordance with Annex 11,

4.

Section 19 on training in first aid,

5.

the rules on training.

This shall also apply if the authorisation has not passed only on the basis of § 29 (3) (1a). If the foreign driving licence is restricted to the driving of motor vehicles without a clutch pedal (or shift lever in vehicles of categories A, A1 or A2), driving licences shall be restricted to the driving of motor vehicles without a clutch pedal (or Limit switch levers for vehicles of categories A, A1 or A2). The second sentence of Article 17 (6) shall apply accordingly. A holder of a driving licence issued in a State listed in Annex 11, but in a class not listed in Annex 11, who has the right or has the right to drive, or has the right to drive, a motor vehicle at home The granting of a licence for the corresponding category of motor vehicles shall apply in accordance with paragraph 2. (2) The holder of a licence shall apply for a licence from a State not listed in Annex 11 under the conditions set out in paragraph 1 (1) and (2) the granting of a driving licence for the corresponding class of (3) The applicant has to prove the possession of the foreign driving licence by means of the national driving licence. In addition, he has to give a declaration of content to his application for a domestic driving licence, so that his foreign driving licence is still valid. The driving licence authority shall have the right to verify the accuracy of the declaration. (4) In a driving licence issued on the basis of the first sentence of paragraph 1, it must be noted that the driving licence has been based on a driving licence, which had not been issued in a Member State of the European Union or in another State Party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area. The driving licence issued on the basis of paragraph 1 or 2 shall only be issued against the surrender of the foreign driving licence. The driving licence authority shall return it via the Federal Motor Service (Bundesamt) to the body which issued it if there is a corresponding agreement with the State concerned. In the other cases, it takes the driving licence in custody. It may only be handed out again against the delivery of the domestic driving licence issued on its basis. In duly substantiated cases, the driving licence authority may refrain from taking the foreign driving licence or sending it back to the foreign authority. (5) Paragraph 1 shall also apply to the categories of persons referred to in Article 30 (5), provided that reciprocity exists. The words referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 4 shall be entered. The second sentence of paragraph 4 to 7 shall not apply.

6.
Driving licence on sample

Unofficial table of contents

Section 32 Exceptions to the trial period

With the exception of the regulations concerning the probative period according to § 2a of the Road Traffic Act, driving licences of categories AM, L and T. In the case of the first extension of a driving licence of the classes AM, L or T to one of the other classes, the following are: Driving licence of the class to which it is extended to be granted on the sample. Unofficial table of contents

Section 33 Calculation of the probation period for holders of service licences and driving licences from countries outside the Agreement on the European Economic Area

(1) When a general driving licence is issued for the first time to the holder of a service licence, the time has elapsed since its acquisition to the probation period. If, before the trial period expired, the service had drawn up the service licence in accordance with Article 26 (2), a new trial period begins with the granting of a general driving licence, but only in the extent of the remaining period of the previous probation period. (2) the holder of a driving licence from a State outside the European Economic Area has his normal residence in the country and is granted the German driving licence in accordance with § 31, shall not be used for the calculation of the trial period of the period in which it was not entitled to drive motor vehicles in the country. Unofficial table of contents

§ 34 Evaluation of the offences and administrative offences in the context of the driving licence on the sample and arrangement of the advanced seminar

(1) The assessment of the offences and administrative offences in the context of the driving licence on the sample shall be carried out in accordance with Annex 12. (2) The order to take part in an advanced seminar pursuant to Section 2a (2) of the Road Traffic Act shall be made in writing. the traffic offences which have led to the arrangement, and a reasonable period of time shall be set. The written order must be submitted to the instructor when registering for an advanced seminar. Unofficial table of contents

§ 35 Building seminaries

(1) The advanced seminar shall be carried out in groups of at least six and at most 12 participants. It consists of a course with four sessions of 135 minutes each in a period of two to four weeks; however, there must be no more than one meeting in one day. In addition, between the first and the second session a test sample is to be carried out which is used to observe the driving behaviour of the seminar participant. The driving sample shall be carried out in groups of three participants, the driving time of each participant being not allowed to fall below 30 minutes. In this case, a vehicle must be used which, with the exception of the number of doors, meets the requirements of section 2.2 of Appendix 7. Each participant in the driving test shall, as far as possible, carry a vehicle of the class with which, above all, the traffic offences leading to the arrangement of participation in the advanced seminar have been committed. (2) In the courses, the To discuss the causes of traffic infringements which have led participants to participate in the advanced seminar, and to discuss the reasons for this and, in general, to discuss the problems and difficulties encountered by beginners in general. A safe and considerate driving behavior is to be achieved through group discussions, behavioural monitoring in the driving test, analysis of problematic traffic situations and through further information exchange. In particular, the aim is to change attitudes to behaviour in road transport, to promote risk awareness and to improve the recognition of dangerous goods. (3) For the implementation of individual seminars in accordance with § 2b (1) of the Road Traffic Act (Road Traffic Act) paragraphs 1 and 2 shall apply with the proviso that the discussions shall be carried out in four sessions of 60 minutes in each case. Unofficial table of contents

Section 36 Special advanced seminars according to § 2b, paragraph 2, sentence 2 of the Road Traffic Act

(1) holders of driving licences on a sample which are required to participate in an advanced seminar due to infringements in accordance with § 315c Paragraph 1 (1) (a), § § 316, 323a of the Criminal Code or § § 24a, 24c of the Road Traffic Act, (2) If the driving licence is due to an infringement pursuant to section 315c (1) (1) (a), § § 316, § 315c (1) (1) (a), 323a of the Criminal Code or from § § 24a, 24c of the Road Traffic Act , without prejudice to the other conditions, a new driving licence may be granted only if the applicant proves that he has taken part in a special training seminar. (3) The special training seminar shall be in groups with at least two and a maximum of twelve participants. It consists of a course with a preliminary talk and three sessions of 180 minutes each in a period of two to four weeks, as well as the preparation of course tasks between the sessions. No more than one meeting may take place on one day. (4) The courses will discuss the reasons for the participants to arrange participation in a postgraduate seminar, and discuss ways of eliminating them. Gaps in the knowledge of the participants on the effects of alcohol and other intoxing resources on road users should be closed and individually adapted behaviour developed and tested, in particular in order to improve drinking habits. and to separate drinking and driving reliably in the future. By developing appropriate behavioural patterns, students should be able to avoid a relapse and further traffic offences under the influence of alcohol or the influence of other intoxiating means. In addition, the problem of repeated traffic offences should be addressed. (5) In order to carry out individual seminars in accordance with Section 2b (1) of the Road Traffic Act, paragraphs 3 and 4 shall apply with the proviso that the discussions shall be held in three (6) The special training seminars may only be carried out by instructors who have been appointed by the competent supreme state authority or the competent authority of the competent authority or the competent authority in accordance with national law. Body or the relevant competent authority for the departments referred to in Article 26 Have been recognised by the Minister for Foreign Affairs or by certain bodies. Official recognition as a instructor may only be granted if the applicant fulfils the following conditions:

1.

Completion of a university degree as a graduate psychologist or an equivalent master degree in psychology,

2.

proof of a traffic psychology training at a university or equivalent institution or at a position dealing with the assessment or re-establishment of the suitability for use of power,

3.

knowledge and experience in the investigation and assessment of the suitability of drivers who have committed infringements of provisions relating to the driving of motor vehicles under the influence of alcohol or other intoxiating means,

4.

training and experience as instructor in courses for drivers who have committed infringements of provisions relating to the driving of motor vehicles under the influence of alcohol or other intoxiating means,

5.

Presentation of an appropriate seminar concept developed on a scientific basis and

6.

Proof of suitable premises as well as appropriate equipment.

In addition, there may be no facts which give rise to concerns about the reliability of the course manager. Recognition may be subject to conditions, in particular with regard to the supervision of the organisation of the training seminars and the participation in training activities. (7) The supervision shall be the responsibility of the recognition referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 6 of this Article competent authorities or bodies, which may use appropriate persons or bodies. Unofficial table of contents

§ 37 Participation certificate

(1) The seminar leader shall issue a certificate for submission to the driving licence authority on the participation in a postgraduate seminar according to § 35 or § 36. The certificate must:

1.

the surname and first name, the date of birth and the address of the seminar participant,

2.

the name of the seminar model and

3.

Information on the scope and duration of the seminar

. It is to be signed by the seminar leader and by the seminar participant stating the date of the exhibition. (2) The exhibition of a certificate of attendance is to be refused by the instructor if the seminar participant does not attend all the sessions of the course (3) The personal data collected for the implementation of advanced seminars may only be processed for this purpose. and six months after the completion of the respective seminars, , with the exception of the data required for quality assurance or supervision measures. These data shall be blocked and shall be deleted at the latest by the end of the fifth of the year following the completion of the respective seminars. Unofficial table of contents

§ 38 Transport psychological counseling

In the field of traffic psychology advice, the owner of the licence is to be prompted to recognise deficiencies in his attitude towards road transport and in traffic-safe behaviour and to develop the willingness to reduce these deficiencies. The consultation takes place in the form of an individual interview; it may be supplemented by a driving sample, if the adviser considers this necessary. The adviser is to clarify the causes of the deficiencies and identify ways to eliminate them. The result of the consultation is only intended for the person concerned and must be notified only to the person concerned. The person concerned shall, however, receive a certificate of participation for submission to the driving licence authority; this certificate must contain a reference to the confirmation in accordance with Article 71 (2). Unofficial table of contents

Section 39 Order of participation in a training seminar and further measures in the case of holders of a service permit

In the case of holders of service licences which do not have a general driving licence, the services referred to in Article 26 (1) shall be used for the arrangement of measures pursuant to § 2a (2), (3) to (5) of the Road Traffic Act within the probational period. Responsible. Responsibility shall be determined by the relevant Minister of Trade, insofar as it is not regulated by law in the country. If the persons concerned also have a general driving licence, with the exception of classes AM, L and T, the orders shall only meet the administrative authorities responsible under national law.

7.
Driving suitability assessment system

Unofficial table of contents

§ 40 Designation and evaluation according to the suitability assessment system

The fare assessment system shall be based on the infringements referred to in Annex 13, which shall be based on the assessment laid down in that Annex. Unofficial table of contents

Section 41 Measures of the competent authority in accordance with national law

(1) The exhortation of the holder of a driving licence pursuant to § 4 (5) sentence 1 (1) of the Road Traffic Act, his warning pursuant to § 4 (5) sentence 1 (2) of the Road Traffic Act and the respective simultaneous reference to the voluntary Participation in a driving training seminar shall be made in writing, indicating the traffic offences committed. (2) The arrangement of a transport policy in accordance with § 48 of the Road Traffic Order shall remain unaffected. Unofficial table of contents

§ 42 Driving suitability seminar

(1) The fitness seminar consists of a traffic pedagogic and a traffic-psychological sub-measure. The partial measures are to be coordinated by mutual information of the respective seminar leaders. (2) The aim of the programme is to provide knowledge of risk behaviour, to improve risk cognition, and to improve the risk of risk. the stimulation for self-reflection and the development of behavioural variants. It consists of two modules, each 90 minutes in accordance with Appendix 16. In addition to the teaching and learning methods and media mentioned there, methods and media can also be used, which ensure the same learning success. The suitability of the methods and the media shall be determined by the competent authority in accordance with the law of the country, which may obtain an independent scientific opinion of a body suitable for evaluation. The traffic pedagogical sub-measure can be carried out as a single measure or in groups with up to six participants. (3) Module 1 of the traffic pedagogical sub-measure comprises the following components:

1.

Individual module "Seminar overview",

2.

Participant-related presentation of the individual driver's career and responsibility for safety,

3.

Participant-related presentation of the individual mobility significance,

4.

Presentation of the individual mobility significance as a homework task,

5.

Individual module "Explanation of the suitability assessment system",

6.

Elements relating to traffic rules and legal consequences in the case of infringements with the following variants:

a)

speed,

b)

distance,

c)

Pre-departure and bending,

d)

Overtaking,

e)

Loading,

f)

Phone calls in the vehicle,

g)

alcohol and other intoxing means,

h)

offences,

7.

Building block "Exercise for the clarification of the individual mobility situation" and

8.

Homework module "Exercise for self-observation".

(4) Module 2 of the traffic pedagogical sub-measure comprises the following components:

1.

Evaluation of homework,

2.

-related building blocks on risk behaviour and accident consequences; and

3.

Consolidation building block "individual security responsibility".

(5) The selection of the actual building blocks according to paragraphs 3 and 4 is carried out by the seminar leader as a function of the traffic infringements presented in the individual driver's career. Module 2 of the traffic-pedagogical sub-measure may be commenced at the earliest after the end of a week after the completion of the module 1. (6) The traffic-psychological sub-measure is aimed at giving the participant connections between the triggering and the to identify the conditions of irregular traffic behaviour. It is intended to create a willingness to reflect on the participant and to create a willingness to change. It consists of two sessions of 75 minutes each and is to be carried out as an individual measure. (7) Session 1 of the Transport Psychology submeasure is used to analyse behaviour, to develop a functional condition model and to draw up a Solution strategies. It includes:

1.

the elaboration of the triggering and maintaining internal and external conditions of traffic offences as a behavioural analysis,

2.

the elaboration of the functionality of the misconduct in the form of a means-purpose relation,

3.

the activation of personal strengths and support opportunities as well as motivational work,

4.

the drawing up of written target agreements, which shall include:

a)

the specification of the target behavior in the form of solution strategies,

b)

the definition of the amplifiers, rewards and positive consequences, and

c)

the definition of the steps to be taken

and

5.

the homework "Self-observation of behavior in critical situations" and "testing of the new target behavior".

(8) Session 2 of the traffic-psychological sub-measure shall serve to consolidate the strategies of the solution. It includes:

1.

the discussion of the experience of self-observation,

2.

the meeting of compliance with the target agreements;

3.

the development and further development of behavioural strategies and

4.

Activation of personal strengths and support possibilities as well as motivation work.

(9) At the end of three weeks after the end of session 1, session 2 of the transport-psychological sub-measure may not be commenced at the earliest. Unofficial table of contents

Section 43 Monitoring of travel suitability seminars according to § 42 and the instruction courses according to § 31a, paragraph 2, sentence 1, point 4 of the Fahrlehrergesetz (Fahrlehrergesetz)

(1) The competent authority in accordance with the law of the country shall examine the implementation of the driving suitability seminars for compliance with the following criteria:

1.

The existence of the prerequisites for the seminar permit

a)

Transport pedagogy according to § 31a paragraph 2 of the Fahrlehrergesetz or

b)

Traffic psychology in accordance with § 4a (4) of the Road Traffic Act,

2.

the existence of proof of the annual training in accordance with § 4a (7) of the Road Traffic Act or § 33a (2) of the Fahrlehrergesetz (Fahrlehrergesetz),

3.

the spatial and factual equipment,

4.

the records of the seminar participants in the form of name, first name, date of birth and address and their signatures on the participant list per module or session; and

5.

the anonymized documentation of the seminars carried out, which includes:

a)

for the transport-educational sub-measure

aa)

the date, the duration and the location of the modules carried out;

bb)

the number of participants,

cc)

the short descriptions of the driver's career,

dd)

the building blocks and media used,

ee)

the homework and

ff)

the seminar contracts,

b)

for the transport-psychological sub-measure

aa)

the date, the duration and the location of the meetings,

bb)

the triggering and maintaining conditions of the traffic infringements,

cc)

the functionality of the problem behavior,

dd)

the solution strategies developed,

ee)

the personal strengths of the participant,

ff)

the target agreements and

gg)

the seminar contract.

The authority responsible under national law may include compliance with other statutory provisions in the supervision. (2) The competent authority in accordance with the law of the country has the implementation of the instruction courses according to § 31a, paragraph 2, sentence 1, point 4 of the Driving teachers ' law to check compliance with the following criteria:

1.

the existence of the conditions for the recognition of instruction courses in accordance with Section 31b (1) of the Fahrlehrergesetz,

2.

compliance with the training programme in accordance with section 31b (1), second sentence, point 1 of the Fahrlehrergesetz,

3.

the documentation of the instruction courses carried out, which shall include:

a)

the first names and surnames of the head of the teacher and the teachers employed,

b)

the first names and surnames and the dates of birth of the participants,

c)

the short presentation of the course of the course, including the content and the methods used,

d)

the date, duration and location of the courses carried out; and

e)

the presence of the participants in all courses.

The competent authority in accordance with national law may include compliance with other statutory provisions in the monitoring. Unofficial table of contents

Section 43a Requirements for quality assurance systems for the driving fitness seminar

If the competent authority in accordance with national law makes use of the possibility of quality assurance systems in accordance with Section 4a, paragraph 8, sentence 6 of the Road Traffic Act or § 34 (3) of the Fahrteachers Act, it shall have a quality assurance system for the (b) to recognise a sub-measure or a system of quality assurance for the road-pedagogical sub-measure, if:

1.

the applicant or, in the case of legal persons, the persons authorised to represent the persons responsible for the operation of the quality assurance system,

2.

the financial and organisational capacity of the institution of the quality assurance system is guaranteed,

3.

Quality assurance procedures are provided and documented in order to ensure that:

a)

At least every two years, an examination of the fulfilment of the requirements of Appendix 17 shall be carried out by the provider of driving suitability seminars or by instruction courses on the spot,

b)

the staff employed for the verification referred to in point (a) has the necessary expertise, independence and reliability in order to be able to assess properly whether the requirements of Annex 17 are met,

c)

the provider of driving suitability seminars or instruction courses from the quality assurance system shall be excluded if he no longer meets the legal requirements for the performance of driving suitability seminars or instruction courses. , and the defect is not eliminated immediately,

d)

the applicant of the authority responsible under national law, the inclusion of a provider of driving suitability seminars or of instruction courses in the quality system and its exclusion or departure from the quality system in addition to the main reasons for this, shall notify without delay,

e)

in the case of the implementation of quality assurance, the applicable data protection provisions according to the national data protection laws as well as country-specific data protection regulations and, insofar as the data protection is not governed by national law, according to the Federal Data Protection Act as well as federal law, domain-specific data protection regulations are complied with,

f)

a documentation of the implementation of quality assurance is carried out and

g)

the competent authority under national law may at any time consult the documentation relating to the implementation of quality assurance,

and

4.

at least one of the following measures is provided for and documented for the purpose of maintaining the quality level of the driving fitness seminar:

a)

additional training courses,

b)

Evaluations of the seminar tours,

c)

institutionalized professional exchange or

d)

one of the measures of equal value to those measures.

Unofficial table of contents

Section 44 Participation certificate

(1) After the completion of the training seminar, the seminar leader of the final sub-measure shall issue a certificate in accordance with the model of Appendix 18 for submission to the competent authority in accordance with the country's law. The certificate is to be signed by the seminar leaders of both partial measures and by the seminar participant stating the date of the exhibition. (2) The seminar leader shall refuse to issue a certificate of attendance if the Seminar participants

1.

did not attend all of the meetings of the seminar,

2.

shows an open opposition to the objectives of the measure, or

3.

the teaching material and the learning material are not actively involved.

Unofficial table of contents

§ 45 (omitted)

8.
Withdrawal or restriction of driving licences, arrangement of conditions

Unofficial table of contents

Section 46 Withdrawal, restriction, conditions

(1) If the holder of a driving licence is deemed to be unsuitable for driving motor vehicles, the driving licence authority shall withdraw the driving licence. This shall apply in particular where diseases or deficiencies are in accordance with Annexes 4, 5 or 6, or have been seriously or repeatedly infringed against traffic law or criminal law, and thereby the suitability for driving motor vehicles (2) If the holder of a driving licence is still deemed to be suitable for driving motor vehicles, the driving licence authority shall restrict the driving licence as far as necessary or arrange the necessary conditions. In the case of holders of foreign driving licences, the driving licence authority shall restrict the right to make use of the foreign driving licence in the country, as far as necessary, or shall arrange the conditions required. Facilities 4, 5 and 6 shall be taken into account. (3) Where facts are known which justify concerns that the holder of a driving licence is unsuitable or conditionally suitable for driving a motor vehicle, the provisions of Sections 11 to 14 shall apply mutaly. Use. (4) The driving licence shall also be withdrawn if the holder proves to be not capable of driving motor vehicles. Where facts justify such adoption, the driving licence authority may, in order to prepare the decision on withdrawal, to make an opinion of an officially recognised expert or auditor in respect of motor vehicle traffic order. § 11 (6) to (8) shall apply accordingly. (5) In the case of a foreign driving licence, the withdrawal shall have the effect of withdrawing the right to use the driving licence in Germany. (6) The driving licence shall be issued with the withdrawal of the licence. In the case of a foreign driving licence, the right to drive motor vehicles shall be issued domestily. Unofficial table of contents

Section 47 Rules of Procedure

(1) After the withdrawal, national and international driving licences issued by a German authority must be delivered without delay to the decisive authority or should be submitted for registration in the event of restrictions or conditions. The obligation to deliver or submit the driving licence also exists when the decision has been appealed, but the competent authority has ordered the immediate enforcement of its disposal. (2) After the withdrawal or the withdrawal of the licence, the The identification of the absence of a driving licence or of restrictions or conditions shall be made without delay by foreign and international driving licences issued abroad by the decisive authority; paragraph 1, second sentence, shall apply mutagenly. After a withdrawal or a determination of the absence of a driving licence, the driver's licence shall state that no use shall be made of the driving licence in the country. This is usually due to the affixing of a red, obliquely crossed "D" on a suitable field of driving licence, in the case of an EU card driving licence in box 13, and in the case of international driving licences by filling out the shall be carried out. In the case of restrictions or conditions, they shall be entered in the driving licence. The decisive authority shall notify the Federal Office of the Federal Republic of Germany of the withdrawal of the driving licence or the determination of the lack of driving authorization in Germany to the authority which issued the driving licence. If the withdrawal is effected by the issuing or other competent foreign authority, international driving licences issued abroad and issued abroad shall be submitted immediately to the driving licence authority and shall be taken into custody there. The driving licence authority sends the driving licence back to the withdrawing body via the Federal Motor Service (Bundesamt). (3) If a German driving licence has been issued to the person concerned in accordance with § 31, he is still in possession of the foreign driving licence, is to note the withdrawal or the determination of the absence of driving rights. The person concerned is obliged to submit the licence to the driving licence authority for registration.

9.
Special provisions for the management of taxis, rental cars and ambulances as well as passenger cars on scheduled services and on commercial excursions and holiday destination-Travel

Unofficial table of contents

Section 48 Driving licence for passenger transport

(1) An additional permit (driving licence for the carriage of passengers) shall be required, who shall carry a ambulance, if passengers are transported in the vehicle or if they are carrying a motor vehicle, or who carries a motor vehicle when the vehicle is in the vehicle. Passengers are transported and are required to carry out the transport in accordance with the passenger transport law. (2) The driving licence for the carriage of passengers is not necessary for the carriage of passengers by passengers.

1.

Ambulances of the German Armed Forces, the Federal Police, the Police and the Force and the civilian allegiance of the other States Parties to the North Atlantic Pact,

2.

Civil protection vehicle for civil protection if used for its purpose,

3.

Fire brigade ambulances and rescue services recognised under national law,

4.

motor vehicles, with the exception of taxis and rental cars, if the motor vehicle driver is in the possession of category D or D1,

5.

Car hire if the driver is in possession of class D or D1 and the place of residence is less than 50 000 inhabitants.

(3) The licence is to be proved by a driving licence according to model 4 of Appendix 8 (driving licence for the carriage of passengers). In addition to the EU or EEA driving licence issued after 1 January 1999, it must be carried along with the carriage of passengers and must be handed over to the competent persons for examination on request. (4) The licence to be used for the purpose of carrying out the test. Passenger transport is to be granted if the applicant

1.

has the EU or EEA driving licence required for driving the vehicle in accordance with § 6,

2.

the 21. Year of life-if the driving licence is restricted to ambulance vehicles, the 19. Year of life, has completed

2a.

, by presenting a certificate in accordance with § 30 (5), first sentence of the Federal Central Register Act, that it provides the guarantee that it will fulfil the special responsibility for the carriage of passengers,

3.

proves his mental and physical aptitude in accordance with Article 11 (9) in conjunction with Appendix 5,

4.

Points out that it meets the requirements for vision in accordance with Article 12 (6) in conjunction with Annex 6, point 2,

5.

cerls that it has been granted an EU or EEA class B driving licence or a corresponding driving licence from a State listed in Annex 11 for at least two years-if the driving licence has been restricted to ambulance vehicles since at least one Year-owning or having owned within the last five years,

6.

-if the licence is to be valid for ambulances-proof of the participation in a training in the first aid according to § 19

7.

-if the permit is to be valid for taxis, it must be checked that he has the necessary knowledge of the place in the area where he is required to carry, or-if the permit is to be valid for a rental car or a ambulance- the required local knowledge of the place of residence; this shall not apply if the place of residence has less than 50 000 inhabitants. Proof may be provided by a certificate issued by an appropriate body designated by the competent supreme state authority, the body designated by it or the body responsible under national law. The driving licence authority can carry out the local examination itself.

(5) The driving licence for the carriage of passengers shall be granted for a period of not more than five years. It shall be extended for up to five years at the request of the holder, if:

1.

he shall be able to show his mental and physical aptitude in accordance with Article 11 (9) in conjunction with Annex 5,

2.

if it proves that it meets the requirements for vision in accordance with Article 12 (6) in conjunction with Annex 6, point 2, and

3.

do not justify the assumption that it does not guarantee that it will fulfil the special responsibility for the carriage of passengers.

(6) Where a taxi driver operates in a territory other than that for which he has demonstrated the necessary local knowledge, he must provide evidence of that knowledge for the other territory. Where a driver of a rental car or a ambulance is employed in another place with a population of 50 000 or more than in the person for whom he has provided evidence of the local knowledge required, he shall have such knowledge for the other place (7) Articles 21, 22 and 24 (1), first sentence, (2) and (3) shall be applied accordingly. The extension of the driving licence for passenger transport can only be extended to the completion of the 60. (8) The holder of a vehicle shall not order or permit the carriage of passengers when the driver of the vehicle is in the does not have the necessary permission to transport passengers or has not proven the necessary local knowledge. (9) Facts of doubt concerning the physical and mental aptitude of the driver's licence holder or the guarantee of the Special responsibility for the carriage of passengers of the holder of a § § 11 to 14 of this application shall apply to the passenger's licence. At the request of the driving licence authority, the holder of the licence shall reprove his/her local knowledge if there are any doubts as to whether he or she is still in possession of that knowledge. If there are concerns about the responsibility for the special responsibility for the carriage of passengers, a medical-psychological expert opinion may be arranged by the driving licence authority of an officially approved assessment body for the suitability of the passengers. (10) The licence shall be withdrawn from the authority of the driving licence if one of the conditions laid down in paragraph 4 is missing. Permission shall be granted for the withdrawal of the licence and the withdrawal of the driving licence referred to in paragraph 4 (1). Section 47 (1) shall apply accordingly.

10.
Accompanied driving from 17 years

Unofficial table of contents

Section 48a Conditions

(1) In the case referred to in Article 10 (1), point 5 (b), (aa), (aa), § 11 (3), first sentence, point 2 shall not apply. Section 74 (2) shall apply in accordance with application. (2) The licence shall be accompanied by the condition that it may be used only if the holder of the driving licence has, during the driving of the motor vehicle, at least one of the names of the driving licence. shall be accompanied (accompanying person), who shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 5 and 6. The obligation shall not apply if the holder of the licence has reached the minimum age pursuant to Article 10 (1), first sentence, point 5 (a). (3) For the procedure for the granting of a driving licence for the driving of motor vehicles, the provisions of § § 22 shall apply. and 22a with the following measures:

1.

An examination certificate shall be issued in accordance with the model of Appendix 8b, which shall be issued for up to three months after completion of the 18. Life year in Germany for the purposes of the first sentence of § 4 (3) sentence 1.

2.

The examination certificate shall replace the driving licence or the provisional proof of driving licence.

3.

The examination certificate shall be accompanied by the names of the persons designated for the monitoring. At the request, additional persons accompanying the examination can be registered by the driving licence authority after the examination certificate.

4.

In the case of § 22a (1) sentence 1, the sending of a prepared examination certificate shall be waived.

5.

In addition to the data to be transmitted in accordance with Article 22a (2), the driving licence authority shall send the information to the accompanying persons to be included in the examination certificate.

6.

By way of derogation from Section 22a (4) of the driving licence, if the applicant is already in possession of a category AM, class A1, class L or class T, the driver's licence shall not be returned when the examination certificate is issued. Class AM and Class L shall not be included in the examination certificate.

7.

If the applicant is not yet in possession of a Class AM or Class L driving licence, he may, in his application in accordance with § 21, declare that he would like to obtain a driving licence for the above-mentioned driving licence classes. These classes shall not be included in the examination certificate.

The examination certificate must be carried in the vehicle and must be handed over to persons entitled to road traffic monitoring on request. (4) The accompanying person shall be entitled to the licence holder.

1.

before starting a journey and

2.

during the driving of the vehicle, in so far as the circumstances of the driving situation permit;

are available exclusively as a contact person to provide him with safety when driving the motor vehicle. In order to carry out their task, the accompanying person shall give advice or provide brief notes. (5) The accompanying person

1.

must be the 30. have completed their life year,

2.

shall be the holder of a valid class B driving licence or a corresponding German, EU/EEA or Swiss driving licence for at least five years; the driving licence shall be proven by a valid driving licence, the driving licence being: in the course of the accompanying movement and for the purpose of handing out persons entitled to road traffic monitoring, at the request of the person,

3.

shall be subject to no more than one point at the time of the application for driving licences in the register of driving licences.

In the event of a request for a driving licence or a request for the registration of further persons intended to be accompanied by the driving licence authority, the driving licence authority shall check whether these conditions are available and has the information referred to in point 3 in the travel register (6) The accompanying person shall not accompany the holder of an examination certificate as referred to in paragraph 3, if:

1.

0.25 mg/l or more alcohol in the breathing air or 0.5 promille or more alcohol in the blood or an amount of alcohol in the body which leads to such a concentration of breath or blood alcohol,

2.

is under the effect of an intoxing agent referred to in the annex to section 24a of the Road Traffic Act.

An effect within the meaning of the first sentence of sentence 1 is to be found if there is evidence in the blood of a substance referred to in the Appendix to section 24a of the Road Traffic Act. Sentence 1 (2) shall not apply if the substance derives from the intended use of a medicinal product prescribed for a specific case of illness. (7) By reaching the minimum age in accordance with § 10 (1) (5) (a), the Driving licence authority shall issue a licence to the driving licence holder on request in accordance with model 1 of Appendix 8. Unofficial table of contents

§ 48b Evaluation

The personal data of the participating drivers and companions collected for the purpose of evaluation shall be deleted no later than 31 December 2015, or shall be anonymized or pseudonymised in such a way that a passenger reference no longer has been established. can be.

III.
Register

1.
Central driving licence register and local driving licence register

Unofficial table of contents

§ 49 Storage of data in the Central Driving Licenciation Register

(1) In the central driving licence register, the following data shall be stored in accordance with Section 50 (1) of the Road Traffic Act:

1.

Family names, birth names, other former names, insofar as they are registered, first names, names of orders or artists, doctoral degree, gender, date and place of birth, and references to doubts as to the identity of the person pursuant to § 59 (1) sentence 5 of the Road traffic law,

2.

the driving licence classes issued,

3.

the date of issue and extinguishing of the relevant driving licence class and the competent authority,

4.

the reason for the erasure of a driving licence or driving licence class,

5.

the date of the beginning and the expiry of the probaation period in accordance with section 2a of the Road Traffic Act,

6.

the duration of the probative period, including the remaining period after the probative period has been completed, and the beginning and end of an inhibition of the probative period,

7.

the date of expiry of the validity of a fixed-term driving licence, the date of the renewal of a driving licence and the authority which extended the licence;

8.

Conditions, restrictions and additional information relating to driving licences or to individual classes in accordance with Annex 9,

9.

the number of the driving licence, consisting of the authority cleverly assigned by the Federal Motor Authority of the driving licence authority and a serial number for the issuing of a driving licence by this authority and a test number (driving licence number),

10.

the number of the driving licence, consisting of the driver's licence number and the serial number of the driving licence issued on the licence (licence number), or the number of the provisional proof of driving licence or of the temporary examination certificate, consisting of the driver's licence number and an attached zero,

11.

the authority which issued the driving licence, the certificate of replacement for the provisional proof of driving licence or the temporary examination certificate,

12.

the licence number or the number of the provisional proof of driving licence or of the temporary examination certificate, the remaining driving licence, provided that the driving licences have not been officially drawn up or destroyed, and An indication as to whether the driving licence is to be issued for confiscation, seizure or freezing,

13.

the date of commencement and the expiry of the validity of the driving licence;

14.

the name of the State in which the holder of a German driving licence has his residence and in which the driving licence has been registered or exchanged, indicating the date of registration or exchange,

15.

the number and date of the issuing of an international driving licence, the period of validity and the authority which issued the licence;

16.

the date on which a driving licence is issued for the carriage of passengers, the type of authorisation, the territorial scope, the date of expiry, the number of the driving licence for the carriage of passengers, the authority to which the licence is issued, , and the date of renewal,

17.

an indication of an entry in the register of driving licences on an existing restriction of the right to use the driving licence, and

18.

the authority that carries out the driving licence file.

(2) Only the data referred to in paragraph 1 (1), the class of the issued driving licence, the date of the beginning and the expiry of the trial period and the driver's licence number shall be stored in the case of the Bundeswehr's service licences. Unofficial table of contents

§ 50 Transmission of data from the Federal Motor Transport Authority to the driving licence authorities according to § 2c of the Road Traffic Act

The Federal Office of the Federal Republic of Germany shall inform the competent driving licence authority of its own motion if decisions are entered into the register of driving licences via the holder of a driving licence on a sample, which decisions are to be taken in accordance with Article 2a (2), (4) and (5). of the Road Traffic Act. The following data is transmitted:

1.

from the Central Driving Licress Register

a)

the personal data referred to in Article 49 (1) (1);

b)

the date of the beginning and the expiry of the trial period,

c)

the issuing driving licence authority,

d)

the driver's licence number,

e)

an indication that the trial period is the remaining period of a previous trial period, indicating the reasons for the trial period,

f)

the validity of the driving licence;

2.

the contents of the entries relating to the offences and administrative offences committed during the probationary period.

Unofficial table of contents

Section 51 Transmission of data from the Central Driving Licenciation Register in accordance with § § 52 and 55 of the Road Traffic Act

(1) Submitted

1.

within the scope of section 52 (1) (1) to (2) of the Road Traffic Act, for measures relating to criminal offences or administrative offences only

a)

Family names, birth names, other former names, insofar as they are registered, first names, names of orders or artists, doctoral degree, gender, date and place of birth, and references to doubts as to the identity of the person pursuant to § 59 (1) sentence 5 of the Road traffic law,

b)

the driving licence classes issued,

c)

the date of issue and extinguishing of the relevant driving licence class and the competent authority,

d)

the date of the beginning and the expiry of the probaation period in accordance with section 2a of the Road Traffic Act,

e)

the date of expiry of the validity of a fixed-term driving licence, the date of the renewal of the licence and the authority which extended the licence;

f)

Conditions, restrictions and additional information relating to driving licences or individual driving licences in accordance with Annex 9,

g)

the number of the driving licence, consisting of the authority cleverly assigned by the Federal Motor Authority of the driving licence authority and a serial number for the issuing of a driving licence by this authority and a test number (driving licence number),

h)

the number of the driving licence or the number of the provisional proof of driving licence or of the temporary examination certificate, consisting of the driver's licence number and the serial number of the driving licence issued on the licence (licence number), or the number of the temporary examination certificate, consisting of the driver's licence number and an attached zero,

i)

the authority which issued the driving licence, the certificate of replacement for the provisional proof of driving licence or the temporary examination certificate,

j)

the licence number or the number of the provisional proof of driving licence or of the temporary examination certificate, the remaining driving licence, provided that the driving licences have not been officially drawn up or destroyed, and An indication as to whether the driving licence is to be issued for confiscation, seizure or freezing,

k)

the date of commencement and the expiry of the validity of the driving licence;

l)

the name of the State in which the holder of a German driving licence has his residence and in which the driving licence has been registered or exchanged, indicating the date of registration or exchange,

m)

the number and date of the issuing of an international driving licence, the period of validity and the authority which issued the licence;

n)

the date on which a driving licence is issued for the carriage of passengers, the type of authorisation, the territorial scope, the date of expiry, the number of the driving licence for the carriage of passengers, the authority to which the licence is issued, , and the date of renewal,

o)

the indication of an entry in the register of driving licences on an existing restriction of the right to use the driving licence;

p)

in the case of military service licences issued by the Bundeswehr only

aa)

Family names, birth names, other former names, insofar as they are registered, first names, names of orders or artists, doctoral degree, gender, date and place of birth, and references to doubts as to the identity of the person pursuant to § 59 (1) sentence 5 of the Road traffic law,

bb)

the driving licence classes issued,

cc)

the date of the beginning and expiry of the probaation period,

dd)

the driver's licence number,

2.

within the framework of section 52 (1) (3) of the Road Traffic Act, the data to be transmitted in accordance with point 1, and

a)

the reason for the erasure of a driving licence or driving licence class,

b)

the duration of the probative period, including the remaining period after the probative period has been completed, and the beginning and end of an inhibition of the probative period,

c)

the authority leading the licence file within the meaning of Article 61 (1) sentence 3 of the Road Traffic Act,

3.

within the framework of section 52 (2) of the Road Traffic Act for traffic and border checks and for roadside checks, only the data to be transmitted under point 1 (a), (b), (c), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (m), (n) and (o)

4.

within the framework of section 55 (1) (1) to (3) of the Road Traffic Act, only the data to be transmitted according to point 1 (a) to (o).

(2) In accordance with paragraph 1 (4), the data may be used abroad for administrative measures in the field of road transport for road traffic authorities, for the prosecution of infringements of road transport legislation, or for the prosecution of criminal offences, the police and judicial authorities shall be sent directly if the beneficiary state has not been informed that other authorities are competent. Unofficial table of contents

§ 52 retrieval in automated procedures from the Central Driving Licenciation Register by bodies in Germany according to § 53 of the Road Traffic Act

(1) For the transmission from the Central Driving Lication Register, call-up in the automated procedure

1.

within the scope of section 52 (1) (1) to (2) of the Road Traffic Act, for measures relating to criminal offences or administrative offences only

a)

Family names, birth names, other former names, insofar as they are registered, first names, names of orders or artists, doctoral degree, gender, date and place of birth, and references to doubts as to the identity of the person pursuant to § 59 (1) sentence 5 of the Road traffic law,

b)

the driving licence classes issued,

c)

the date of issue and extinguishing of the relevant driving licence class and the competent authority,

d)

the date of the beginning and the expiry of the probaation period in accordance with section 2a of the Road Traffic Act,

e)

the date of expiry of the validity of a fixed-term driving licence, the date of renewal and the authority which extended the licence;

f)

Conditions, restrictions and additional information relating to driving licences or to individual classes in accordance with Annex 9,

g)

the number of the driving licence, consisting of the authority cleverly assigned by the Federal Motor Authority of the driving licence authority and a serial number for the issuing of a driving licence by this authority and a test number (driving licence number),

h)

the number of the driving licence, consisting of the driver's licence number and the serial number of the driving licence issued on the licence (licence number), or the number of the provisional proof of driving licence or of the temporary examination certificate, consisting of the driver's licence number and an attached zero,

i)

the authority which issued the driving licence, the certificate of replacement for the provisional proof of driving licence or the temporary examination certificate,

j)

the licence number or the number of the provisional proof of driving licence or of the temporary examination certificate, the remaining driving licence, provided that the driving licences have not been officially drawn up or destroyed, and An indication as to whether the driving licence is to be issued for confiscation, seizure or freezing,

k)

the date of commencement and the expiry of the validity of the driving licence;

l)

the number and date of the issuing of an international driving licence, the period of validity and the authority which issued the licence;

m)

the date on which a driving licence is issued for the carriage of passengers, the type of authorisation, the territorial scope, the date of expiry, the number of the driving licence for the carriage of passengers, the authority to which the licence is issued, , and the date of renewal,

n)

the indication of an entry in the register of driving licences on an existing restriction of the right to use the driving licence;

2.

under section 52 (1) (3) of the Road Traffic Law for administrative measures, only the data to be transmitted in accordance with point 1, and

a)

the reason for the erasure of a driving licence or driving licence class,

b)

the duration of the probative period, including the remaining period after the probative period has been completed, and the beginning and end of an inhibition of the probative period,

c)

the name of the State in which the holder of a German driving licence has his residence and in which the driving licence has been registered or exchanged, indicating the date of registration or exchange,

d)

the authority leading the licence file within the meaning of Section 50 (3) of the Road Traffic Act,

e)

in the case of military service licences issued by the Bundeswehr only

aa)

Family names, birth names, other former names, insofar as they are registered, first names, names of orders or artists, doctoral degree, gender, date and place of birth, and references to doubts as to the identity of the person pursuant to § 59 (1) sentence 5 of the Road traffic law,

bb)

the class of the driving licence issued,

cc)

the date of the beginning and expiry of the probaation period,

dd)

the driver's licence number,

3.

under Section 52 (2) of the Road Traffic Act for traffic and border checks and for roadside checks, only the data to be kept available under point 1 shall be kept ready.

(2) The retrieval may only be made using the particulars of the person, the driving licence number or the driving licence number. (3) The data referred to in paragraph 1 (1) shall be kept ready for retrieval by:

1.

the fines authorities responsible for the prosecution of cases of traffic irregularities;

2.

the Federal Criminal Police Office and the Federal Police,

3.

the duties of the customs administration and the customs authorities responsible for the tasks referred to in § 2 of the Federal Police Act;

4.

the police authorities of the countries.

(4) The data referred to in paragraph 1 (2) shall be kept ready for use by the driving licence authorities. (5) The data referred to in paragraph 1 (3) shall be kept ready for use by the competent authorities.

1.

the Federal Police,

2.

the duties of the customs administration and the customs authorities responsible for the tasks referred to in § 2 of the Federal Police Act;

3.

the Federal Office of Goods Transport,

4.

the police authorities of the countries.

Unofficial table of contents

§ 53 Automated request and information procedures for the Central Driving Licensis Register in accordance with § 54 of the Road Traffic Act

(1) Only the data in accordance with § 51 may be transmitted under the conditions specified therein. (2) The transmitting body may only authorise the transmission if its execution using an identifier of the data transmitted to the reception of the data transmitted authorized authority. The addressee shall ensure that the transmitted data are received only at the terminal equipment intended for reception. (3) The transmitting body shall ensure, by means of an automatic procedure, that a transmission does not take place if: the identifier was not specified or was not specified correctly. It has attempted to log requests without specifying the correct identifier and the specification of a defective identifier. It shall also, in cooperation with the requesting body, pursue any attempt to fail and to take the necessary measures to ensure the proper procedure. (4) The authority to be notified shall ensure that the Records according to § 54 sentence 2 of the Road Traffic Act are carried out automatically and the transmission is interrupted if the recording is not properly recorded. Unofficial table of contents

Section 54 Security against abuse

(1) The notified body may only allow the retrieval in the automated procedure from the Central Driving Licenation Register in accordance with § 53 of the Road Traffic Act if its implementation is carried out by use of

1.

an identifier of the user authorized to retrieve; and

2.

of a password

is done. Users within the meaning of the first sentence of sentence 1 may be a natural person or a service. Where a secure, closed network is called up, the identifier referred to in the first sentence of 1 (1) may, at the request of the network operator, be given as a unique identifier for the users connected to that network, provided that the network operator is himself entitled to call. The responsibility for the security of the network and the authorisation of only authorized users shall be borne by the application of the third sentence of the network operators. If the user is not a natural person within the meaning of the first paragraph of sentence 1, he shall ensure that the respective retrieving natural person can be identified at each request. The user or the person who is calling has to choose a password before the first call and to change the password at the latest at the latest after a period of time specified by the agency. (2) The agency has a self-employed person. Procedures to ensure that no recalls can be made as soon as the identifier referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 1 or the password has been transmitted inaccurately more than twice in succession. The notified body must take measures to protect against unauthorised uses of the retrieval system. (3) The notified body must ensure that the records are automatically recorded in accordance with Section 53 (3) of the Road Traffic Act (Road Traffic Act). and that the call will be interrupted if the recording is not properly recorded. The recording is also subject to attempted calls made using erroneous identifiers more than once. Sentence 1 shall apply mutatily to the further records in accordance with Section 53 (4) of the Road Traffic Act. Unofficial table of contents

Section 55 Recording of the calls

(1) The occasion of the call is to be transmitted using the following key signs:

A.

Monitoring of road transport

B.

Border controls

C.

Administrative measures in the field of road transport, in so far as they relate to the right to drive motor vehicles

D.

Criminal investigation of criminal offences

E.

Investigation of irregularities in the field of traffic

F.

Other occasions.

If the key characters D, E and F are used, a file number or a diary number referring to the specific occasion is to be transmitted in addition if this can be indicated on demand. Otherwise, in the case of the use of the key symbol D or E, the nature of the offence or of the irregular nature of the traffic or the use of the key character F shall be the nature of the measure or the event. (2) Identification of the person responsible for the retrieval shall be notified to the communicating party of the service number, the number of the official ID, a name symbol indicating the organisational unit or any other information which may be referred to in the case of the of supporting documents at the point where they are to be found. References within the meaning of the first sentence shall apply in particular:

1.

the file number or the diary number transmitted in accordance with paragraph 1, provided that the fact of the call is made subject to the designation of the person responsible for that purpose,

2.

the paging name, if it is suitable for the subsequent determination of the person responsible for the retrieval.

(3) § 53 (3) (2) and (3) of the Road Traffic Act shall apply accordingly to the further records prescribed in accordance with Section 53 (4) of the Road Traffic Act. Unofficial table of contents

§ 56 retrieval in automated procedures from the central driving licence register by bodies abroad pursuant to § 56 of the Road Traffic Act

(1) For the transmission from the Central Driving Lication Register, call-up in the automated procedure

1.

under Section 55 (1) (1) of the Road Traffic Act, only the data stored in accordance with Article 49 (1) (1) (1) to (3), (5) to (11) and (12) to (15),

2.

within the scope of section 55 (1) (2) and (3) of the Road Traffic Act for offences or infringements, only the data stored pursuant to section 49 (1) (1) to (3), (5) to (5) and (13) and (15)

(2) § 51 (2) (recipient of the data), § 52 (2) (data to be used for retrieval), § 54 (protection against abuse) and § 55 (recording of the calls) shall be applied accordingly. Unofficial table of contents

§ 57 Storage of the data in the local driving licence registers

The following data shall be stored in the local driving licence register in accordance with section 50 of the Road Traffic Act, by means of driving licence holders and persons who have been banned from carrying out a vehicle:

1.

family names, birth names, other earlier names, first names, names of orders or artists, doctoral degree, gender, date and place of birth, and address,

2.

the classes of the driving licence issued;

3.

the date of issue of the relevant driving licence class and the issuing authority,

4.

the date of the commencement and the expiry of the trial period in accordance with Section 2a of the Road Traffic Act,

5.

the date of expiry of the validity of fixed-term driving licences and the date of renewal;

6.

Conditions, restrictions and additional information relating to the driving licence or individual classes in accordance with Annex 9,

7.

the driving licence number or, in the case of driving licences issued under previous law, the list number,

8.

the driving licence number,

9.

the date of issue of the driving licence or a replacement licence, and the authority which issued the licence or certificate of replacement;

10.

the driving licence number, the date of issue and the whereabout of previous driving licences, provided that the driving licences have not been officially drawn up or destroyed, and whether the driving licence is intended for confiscation, seizure or freezing is written out,

11.

(dropped)

12.

the name of the State in which the holder of a German driving licence has his residence and in which the driving licence has been registered or exchanged, indicating the date of registration or exchange,

13.

the number and date of the issuing of an international driving licence, the period of validity and the authority which issued the licence;

14.

the date on which a driving licence is issued for the carriage of passengers, the type of authorisation, the date of expiry, the number of the driver's licence for the carriage of passengers and the date of renewal,

15.

Notes on the whereabout of foreign driving licences, on the basis of which the German driving licence has been issued,

16.

the date of the unquestionable failure of the driving licence, the day of the stock of the decision, the decisive body, the reason for the decision and the file number,

17.

the date of the provisional, immediate and final withdrawal of the driving licence, the date of the right or stock of the decision, the decisive body, the reason for the decision and the date of the expiry of the decision a possible lock,

18.

the date of the provisional, immediately enforceable and final withdrawal of the right to make use of a foreign driving licence, the date of the legal or existing force, the decisive body, the reason for the the decision and the date of the expiry of a possible ban;

19.

the date of receipt of the declaration of waiver of the licence to be used by the driving licence authority and the declaratory,

20.

the date on which a driving licence is issued or the right to re-use a foreign driving licence, after prior withdrawal or withdrawal, or a prior renunciation, and the issuing authority,

21.

the date of the order of validity of the order of a lock pursuant to section 69a (1) sentence 3 of the Penal Code, the issuing body and the day of the expiry,

22.

the date of prohibition of carrying out a vehicle, the decisive body, the date of the right or stock of the decision, and the date of re-authorisation,

23.

the date of withdrawal or the withdrawal of the licence, the decisive body and the date of the legal or general force of the decision,

24.

the day of seizure, freezing and custody of the driving licence in accordance with section 94 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, the issuing body and the date of the repeal of such measures and the return of the driving licence,

25.

the day and type of measures taken in accordance with the fitness assessment system, the participation in a driving training seminar and the date of the completion of the travel suitability seminar, as well as the date of issue of the certificate of participation,

26.

the date and type of action in respect of holders of a driving licence on a sample, the time limit set, the participation in a training seminar, the nature of the seminar, the date of its termination, the date of issue of the certificate of participation and the participation on a traffic-psychological consultation and the date of issue of the certificate of participation.

Unofficial table of contents

Section 58 Transmission of data from the local driving licence registers

(1) For the prosecution of criminal offences, for execution and for the enforcement of penalties, only the data stored in accordance with § 57 number 1 to 10 and 12 to 15 may be transmitted within the scope of section 52 (1) (1) of the Road Traffic Act. (2) For In accordance with Section 52 (1) (2) of the Road Traffic Act, only the data stored pursuant to Section 57 (1) to (10) and (12) to (15) may be used for the prosecution of administrative offences and the execution of fines and their secondary consequences. (3) For

1.

the granting, renewal, withdrawal or restriction of a driving licence;

2.

the withdrawal or restriction of the right to use a foreign driving licence;

3.

the ban on carrying out a vehicle,

4.

the arrangement of conditions relating to a driving licence

In the context of Section 52 (1) (3) of the Road Traffic Act, the driving licence authorities may only transmit the data stored in accordance with § 57 number 1 to 10 and 12 to 15. (4) For traffic and border control purposes, within the scope of section 52 (5) The data referred to in paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 may be used for the purposes referred to therein from the local driving licence register in the automated procedures. § 52 (2), (3) and (5), § § 53, 54 and 55 (1) to (3) shall apply accordingly.

2.
Travel Event Register

Unofficial table of contents

Section 59 Storage of data in the travel register

(1) The following data shall be stored in the register of travel suitability within the scope of Section 28 (3) of the Road Traffic Act:

1.

Family names, birth names, other former names, where there are entries, first names, names of the order or artists, doctoral degree, gender, date and place of birth, address of the person concerned, nationality, and references to doubts the identity according to § 28 (5) of the Road Traffic Act,

2.

the decisive body, the date of the decision, the business number or the file number, the notified body and the date of the communication,

3.

the place, day and time of the act, indicating whether the act is related to a road accident, the nature of the road transport operation, and the type of vehicle,

4.

the date of the first judgment or, in the case of a criminal order, the date of signature by the judge, as well as the date of legal or invalidity, the date of the measure in accordance with sections 94 and 111a of the Code of Criminal Procedure,

5.

in the case of decisions relating to a criminal offence or of an administrative offence, the legal name of the act specifying the rules applied, the nature of the decisions, the legal bases and the administrative authorities in the case of administrative authorities. Decisions pursuant to Section 28 (3) (4), (5), (6) and (8) of the Road Traffic Act, the reason for the

6.

the principal and minor penalties, the penalty reserved in accordance with § 59 of the Criminal Code, the decrimination of punishment, the measures of improvement and security, the detention measures, the breeding funds or the juvenile penalty, the fine and the driving ban, also in the case of a comprehensive criminal procedure for the decision taken,

7.

the prescribed classification as

a)

A criminal offence involving the withdrawal of driving licences or an isolated ban with three points,

b)

Offence without the withdrawal of the licence and without an isolated barrier or as an administrative offence with two points or a particularly serious traffic safety.

c)

Traffic safety-related offence with one point

and the corresponding code,

8.

the driving licence data, indicating the driving licence number, the type of driving licence, the driving licence classes, the issuing authority and the day of issue, in so far as they are involved in the course of decisions concerning criminal offences or administrative offences, the register of travel registers;

9.

in the event of failure, withdrawal or withdrawal of the right to use the driving licence in the territory of the country, or a finding of the lack of driving authorization by a driving licence authority, the reason for the decision and the corresponding Identification number and the date of expiry of the blocking period,

10.

in the event of a waiver of driving licences, the date of access of the waiver to the competent authority,

11.

in the case of a driving ban, the reference to the first sentence of Article 25 (2a) of the Road Traffic Act and the date of the expiry of the period, and in the case of a ban or restriction to lead a vehicle which is free of driving licences, the date of the expiry or the lifting of the vehicle. Action,

12.

the legal basis, the date of the end of the seminar, the date of the exhibition of the seminar, the day of the end of the seminar, the seminar, a seminar, a special training seminar or a transport psychological consultation. the certificate of participation and the date on which the certificate has been submitted to the competent authority,

13.

the point-off due to voluntary participation in a driving training seminar,

14.

in the case of measures pursuant to Section 2a (2), first sentence, points 1 and 2, and § 4 (5), first sentence, points 1 and 2 of the Road Traffic Act, the authority, the date and the nature of the measure and the time limit set, the business number or the file number.

(2) About decisions and declarations within the scope of Section 39 (2) of the Fahrlehrergesetz (Fahrlehrergesetz) are stored:

1.

the person referred to in paragraph 1 (1), with the exception of the reference to doubt as to the identity;

2.

the information relating to the decision referred to in paragraph 1 (2),

3.

Place and day of action,

4.

the day of indispuability, immediate enforceability or legal force of the decision, the glory or the erasure of the driving licence or the date of submission of the declaration,

5.

the information relating to the decision referred to in paragraph 1 (5),

6.

the amount of the fine,

7.

particulars of the driving licence in accordance with paragraph 1, point 8,

8.

in the event of a failure to obtain the driving licence, the reason for the decision,

9.

the information from the Central Driving Licence Register on the issue of a driving licence after previous failure, withdrawal and previous revocation.

(3) If a criminal court decision contains both registered and non-registered parts, in the case of the crime unit (§ 52 of the Criminal Code) only the actions subject to registration as well as the consequences shall be included with the notice, that they also refer to deeds that are not in the register. In cases of the majority (§ 53 of the Criminal Code and § 460 of the Code of Criminal Procedure), the acts to be registered are to be registered with their individual penalties and an indication that they have been handed down in a total penalty; is to a uniform juvenile penalty (§ 31 of the juvenile justice law) has been recognized, only the conviction for the offences subject to registration is registered, but not the amount of the juvenile sentence. The registration of other consequences remains unaffected. (4) If a decision is made on the grounds of an administrative offence, both registered and non-registered parts are subject to the action of the offence (§ 19 of the Law on Administrative Offences). only the deeds which are subject to registration and the consequences are registered with the notice that the fine also applies to actions which are not subject to registration. In cases of majority (§ 20 of the Law on Administrative Offences), only the parts subject to registration are to be entered. Unofficial table of contents

§ 60 Transmission of data according to § 30 of the Road Traffic Act

(1) In accordance with § 30 (1) (1) and (2) of the Road Traffic Act, for measures relating to criminal offences or offences of order, the measures pursuant to section 28 (3) (1) to (3) of the Road Traffic Act (Road Traffic Act) pursuant to § 59 (1) of this Regulation , and-as far as knowledge of the possession of driving licences and driving licences and of the right to drive motor vehicles is required-which is required pursuant to Article 28 (3) (1) to (9) of the Road Traffic Act, Article 59 (1) of this Regulation. (2) For administrative measures in accordance with the In accordance with Section 30 (1) (3) of the Road Traffic Act, road traffic law or this regulation shall be transmitted to the data stored pursuant to Section 28 (3) of the Road Traffic Act in accordance with Article 59 (1) of this Regulation. For administrative measures in accordance with the road traffic registration order, on the basis of the agreement of the competent authorities for the purpose of carrying out the investigations in accordance with § 29 of the road traffic authorisation system (point 3.7 of Annex VIIIb of the In accordance with Section 30 (1) (3) of the Road Traffic Act, the data stored pursuant to section 28 (3) (1) to (9) of the Road Traffic Act are transmitted in accordance with section 59 (1) of this Regulation. For administrative measures in accordance with the road traffic permit order

1.

the recognition of motor vehicle repair shops in accordance with Annex VIIIc of the Road Traffic Authorisation Order,

2.

the recognition of monitoring organisations in accordance with Annex VIIIb of the Road Traffic Authorisation Order,

3.

the recognition of motor vehicle workshops for the performance of exhaust gas tests according to Annex VIIIc of the road traffic permit order and for the allocation of red marks in accordance with § 16 (3) or § 17 of the Vehicle Registration Regulation

in accordance with Section 30 (1) (3) of the Road Traffic Act, the data stored pursuant to section 28 (3) (1) to (3) of the Road Traffic Act are transmitted in accordance with Article 59 (1) of this Regulation. (3) For administrative measures

1.

in accordance with the law on driving teachers or the legislation adopted pursuant to this Act,

2.

in accordance with the law on force or the legislation adopted pursuant to this Act,

3.

in accordance with the law relating to road staff in the road transport sector or the legislation adopted pursuant to this Act

In accordance with Section 30 (2) of the Road Traffic Act, which pursuant to § 28 (3) (1) to (9) of the Road Traffic Act (Road Traffic Act) pursuant to § 59 (1)-for administrative measures according to point 1 in addition to § 59 (2)-of this Regulation are stored Data transmitted. For administrative measures

1.

on the basis of the legal provisions relating to emergency rescue and ambulance transport,

2.

pursuant to the Passenger Transport Act or the legislation adopted pursuant to this Act,

3.

in accordance with the law on the carriage of goods by road or by the legislation adopted pursuant to this Act,

4.

in accordance with the law relating to the transport of dangerous goods or the legislation adopted pursuant to this Act

In accordance with Section 30 (2) of the Road Traffic Act, the data stored pursuant to section 28 (3) (1) to (3) of the Road Traffic Act are transmitted in accordance with Article 59 (1) of this Regulation. (4) For traffic and border controls pursuant to § 30 paragraph 3 of the Road Traffic Act (Road Traffic Act) shall be the one on the basis of Section 28 (3) (1), provided that the withdrawal of the driving licence, an isolated ban or a driving ban has been ordered, point 2, 3 (a) (aa), (b) and (4) to (9) of the Road Traffic Act in accordance with Section 59 (1) of this Regulation (5) For air traffic law measures in accordance with § 30 paragraph 4 of the Road Traffic Act, ship traffic law measures in accordance with § 30 paragraph 4a of the Road Traffic Act and railway traffic law measures in accordance with § 30 paragraph 4b of the German Road Traffic Act In accordance with § 28 (3) (1) to (9) of the Road Traffic Act (Road Traffic Act), the data shall be transmitted in accordance with Section 59 (1) of this Regulation. (6) Within the scope of Section 30 (7) of the Road Traffic Act, the data shall be based on the following Section 28 (3) (1) to (9) of the Road Traffic Act in accordance with Section 59 (1) of Regulation of data

1.

road traffic authorities for administrative measures in the field of road transport; and

2.

for the prosecution of infringements of legislation in the field of road transport or for the prosecution of criminal offences

if the beneficiary State has not notified the competent authority of the other authorities. Unofficial table of contents

§ 61 retrieval in the automated procedure according to § 30a of the Road Traffic Act

(1) The following data may be kept available for transmission in accordance with § 30a (1) and (3) of the Road Traffic Act by means of retrieval in the automated procedure:

1.

Family names, birth names, other former names, where there are entries, first names, names of the order or artists, doctoral degree, gender, date and place of birth, address of the person concerned, nationality, and references to doubts the identity according to § 28 (5) of the Road Traffic Act,

2.

the existence of the presence of the person in question,

3.

the entries on administrative offences with the information on

a)

the decisive body, the date of the decision and the business number or the file number, the notified body and the date of the notification, the date of the legal force,

b)

The place, day and time of the act, indicating whether the act is related to a road accident, the nature of the road traffic accident and the type of vehicle,

c)

the legal name of the act, indicating the rules to be applied, the amount of the fine and the driving ban,

d)

in the case of a driving ban, the reference to section 25 (2a), first sentence, of the Road Traffic Act and the date of the expiry of the time limit,

e)

the driving licence pursuant to section 59 (1) (8),

f)

the prescribed classification as an administrative offence with two points or as an administrative offence which is detrimental to the traffic safety and which has a point and the corresponding code number,

4.

the information on the driving licence (class, type and possible restrictions) and

a)

the indisputable refusal of a driving licence, including the refusal to extend a temporary licence;

b)

the legally binding order of a driving licence and the date of expiry of the period for which the closure is closed;

c)

the final or provisional withdrawal of a driving licence and the date of expiry of the blocking period,

d)

the unquestionable or immediately enforceable withdrawal or withdrawal and the unquestionable or immediately enforceable revocation of a driving licence,

e)

the existence of a final driving ban, indicating the date of the prohibition,

f)

the final dismise of the right to use a foreign driving licence and the date of expiry of the blocking period, as well as the determination of the lack of driving authorization,

g)

the seizure, seizure or custody of the driving licence in accordance with section 94 of the Code of Criminal Procedure and

h)

the renunciation of a driving licence;

the information on the business number or file number, the notified body and the date of the notification, the legal basis and the information on the driving licence pursuant to section 59 (1) (8) and above, in the case of points (a) to (g) the decisive body, the date of the decision and the reason for the measure or, in the case of point (h), the date on which the waiver has been given the competent authority;

5.

the entries in accordance with Section 28 (3) (1) and (2) of the Road Traffic Act (Road Traffic Act) on decisions of the criminal courts with the information on

a)

the decisive body, the date of the first judgment or, in the case of punitive orders, the date of signature by the judge, the business number or the file number, the notified body and the date of the notification, the date of the legal force,

b)

the place, day and time of the act, the information as to whether the act is related to a road accident, the nature of the road traffic accident, and the type of vehicle,

c)

the legal name of the act, stating the rules applied, the main and minor penalties, the penalty reserved pursuant to Section 59 of the Criminal Code, the decrimination of punishment, the measures of improvement and security, the educational measures, the breeding means and the juvenile penalty, the fine, the final or provisional withdrawal of the driving licence and the date of expiry of the blocking period, the arrangement of a driving licence and the date of expiry of the period of closure, the existence of a ban on driving licences and the date of expiry of the period of suspension. a final driving ban, indicating the expiry of the ban, and the as a criminal offence involving the withdrawal of the driving licence or with an isolated barrier with three points or as a criminal offence without the withdrawal of the driving licence and without an isolated lock with two points and the corresponding code number,

d)

in the case of a driving ban, the reference to § 25 (2a) sentence 1 of the Road Traffic Act or § 44 (3) sentence 1 of the Penal Code and the day of the time limit,

e)

the information on the driving licence in accordance with section 59 (1) (8),

6.

the entries pursuant to Section 28 (3) (9) of the Road Traffic Act concerning decisions of the judicial authorities in the event of seizure, freezing or custody of the driving licence or of the provisional withdrawal of the driving licence pursuant to § 94 or § 111a the Code of Criminal Procedure with the information on the decisive body, the date of the action and the business number or the file number, the notified body and the date of the notification and the information on the driving licence in accordance with Section 59 (1) point 8.

(3) § 60 (1) to (5) apply. (4) (omitted) (5) (omitted) (6) Because of the protection against abuse, § 54 and because of the records of the calls § 55 (7) Within the scope of Section 30 (7) of the Road Traffic Act, the data referred to in § 30a (5) of the Road Traffic Act may be transferred from the travel register by calling in the automated procedure to the positions referred to in § 60 (6) in a Member State of the European Union or in another Contracting State of the Agreement on the European Economic Area. Unofficial table of contents

§ 62 Automated request and information procedures according to § 30b of the Road Traffic Act

(1) The transmission of the data according to § 60 is also permitted in an automated request and information procedure. (2) § 53 is to be applied. Unofficial table of contents

Section 63 Early repayment

(1) If the driving licence has been withdrawn by a driving licence authority solely on account of physical or mental defects or due to lack of competence or for the same reasons, the registration with the date of issue of the new shall be (2) Proceed from court decisions on the provisional withdrawal of the driving licence, the decisions of the driving licence authorities that can be challenged, and measures pursuant to § 94 of the Code of Criminal Procedure shall be redeemed, when the decisions in question have been repealed. Unofficial table of contents

Section 64 Identity verification

(1) The proof of identity in the case of information in accordance with § 30 (8) or § 58 of the Road Traffic Act shall be recognised

1.

the official authentication of the signature,

2.

the undertaking of the identity card or passport,

3.

in case of personal application, the identity card, the passport or the official service card, or

4.

in the case of electronic applications for proof of identity in accordance with § 18 of the German Personnel Reference Act or in accordance with § 78 (5) of the Residence Act.

(2) The submission of a written declaration of attorney or a photocopy thereof is necessary for the information to be provided to an attorney.

IV.
Recognition and evaluation of certain tasks

Unofficial table of contents

§ 65 Medical verifier

The specialist has to prove his/her medical qualification (§ 11 (2) sentence 3 (1)), which is based on the relevant national regulations, at the request of the driving licence authority. Proof shall be provided by submitting a certificate from the competent medical chamber. By way of derogation from the first and second sentences, it is also sufficient to have at least one year's affiliation to an assessment body for the suitability of the vehicle (Appendix 14). Unofficial table of contents

Section 66 Support of assessment bodies for appropriation

(1) The official recognition shall be subject to official recognition by the competent authority in accordance with the law of the country. (2) The recognition shall be given on the basis of written application by the institution for the institution and its institution. Assessment bodies are issued if the requirements of Appendix 14 and of the Directive on the requirements for carriers of inspection bodies for the suitability of the vehicle (§ 66 FeV) and their evaluation by the Federal Highway Agency of 27 January 2014 (VkBl. (3) The recognition may be accompanied by secondary provisions, in particular with conditions, in order to ensure the proper functioning of the institution and its assessment bodies. (4) The recognition shall be for a maximum period of ten years. temporary ones. It shall be extended upon request for a maximum period of ten years. For an extension, the conditions laid down in paragraph 2 shall be re-established, subject to the provisions of Annex 14, point 8. (5) The recognition shall be withdrawn if, in the case of its grant, one of the conditions referred to in paragraph 2 does not apply (6) The recognition shall be revoked if any of the conditions referred to in paragraph 2 have subsequently been withdrawn, the recognition of which shall be subject to the following conditions: medical-psychological evaluation is repeatedly not carried out properly or if otherwise (7) In the case of doubts as to whether the conditions laid down in paragraph 2 are met, the competent authority of the country may order a review of special occasion. The institution shall be obliged to bear the costs resulting from this if the conditions required by paragraph 2 are not or are not fully met. The same shall apply if a suspicion is not confirmed, but the institution has caused a measure by the authority through improper conduct. (8) The opposition and the action taken against an order pursuant to paragraph 5 or 6 shall not have suspensive effect. Unofficial table of contents

§ 67 vision test site

(1) Places of vision must be officially recognised by the competent supreme state authority or by the body designated by it or by national law, without prejudice to paragraphs 4 and 5. (2) The recognition may be granted if:

1.

the applicant, in the case of legal persons who are persons appointed by law or statutes for the representation of persons, are reliable and

2.

the applicant proves that he has the necessary qualified personnel and the necessary test equipment of DIN 58220 part 6, issue January 1997, and that regular medical supervision of the implementation of the Vision tests are guaranteed.

(3) The recognition may be accompanied by secondary provisions, in particular with conditions, in order to ensure that the visual tests are properly carried out. It shall be withdrawn if, in the case of its grant, one of the conditions referred to in paragraph 2 has not been fulfilled; it may be waited if the defect no longer exists. The recognition shall be revoked if any of the conditions referred to in paragraph 2 have subsequently been omitted if the visual test has repeatedly not been properly carried out or if otherwise the obligations arising from the recognition or against conditions of recognition are grossly unduly completed. has been infringed. The supreme state authority, or the body designated by it or competent by national law, shall exercise the supervision of the holders of the recognition. The authority responsible for the supervision may itself examine or have an expert appointed by it to verify whether the conditions for recognition are still fulfilled, whether the visual tests have been carried out properly and whether the tests are otherwise carried out. Recognition or obligations are fulfilled. The vision test body shall provide the supervisor with information on the number and outcome of the visual tests carried out on request. (4) The establishments of opticians shall be deemed to have been officially recognised and shall ensure that the The conditions laid down in paragraph 2, except for medical supervision, shall apply. The recognition may subsequently be subject to conditions by the supreme state authority or by the body designated by it or by national law, in order to ensure that the visual tests are carried out properly. The recognition shall be revoked on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the third sentence of paragraph 3. With regard to supervision, paragraph 3, sentences 4 and 5 shall apply accordingly. The supreme state authority may delegate the powers to the local authority of the optician or its national associations according to national law. (5) Furthermore, the authorities shall apply.

1.

Assessment bodies for the suitability of the vehicle (§ 66),

2.

the doctor of the health care office or another physician in the public administration and

3.

the doctors with the term "occupational medicine" and the doctors with the additional name "occupational medicine"

as an officially recognized vision test site. Paragraph 4 shall apply. Unofficial table of contents

Section 68 posts for the training in First Aid

(1) In the case of initial assistance for the acquisition of a driving licence, official recognition shall be subject to official recognition by the supreme state authority responsible for driving licences or health care, or by the competent authority of the competent authority responsible for the acquisition of a driving licence or by the competent authority of the competent authority specific or in accordance with the law of the country. A recognition in accordance with the first sentence shall not be required for bodies which have an accident insurance institution in accordance with an accident prevention provision adopted pursuant to Article 15 (1), including in conjunction with paragraph 1a, of the Seventh Book of the Social Code, on the subject of the protection of the accident. The principles of prevention for the training of the first aid have been authorized and made public by the accident insurance institution. Training in one of the training centres referred to in the second sentence may be prohibited for the purposes of this Regulation by the supreme state authority or by the body designated by it or competent by national law for its respective areas of competence. , if the training body has repeatedly failed to fulfil the obligations arising from the authorisation granted by the accident insurance institution. The competent authority shall publicly disclose the bodies referred to in the first sentence. (2) The recognition shall be granted if:

1.

there are no facts which make the applicant, in the case of legal persons the persons entitled to represent them under the law or the statutes for representation, and the training personnel appear to be unreliable in the first aid training, and

2.

the qualifications for the training personnel are proven and suitable training rooms and the necessary teaching aids are available for the theoretical instruction and the practical exercises.

The supreme state authority competent in accordance with paragraph 1, or the body designated by it or competent by national law, may, in order to prepare its decision, order the submission of an expert opinion to a professional body or person concerned, whether the conditions for recognition are met. Recognition may be limited in time and subject to conditions, in particular with regard to the training of persons involved in the training, in order to ensure proper training. The recognition shall be withdrawn if, in the case of its grant, one of the conditions set out in the first sentence has not been fulfilled; it may be waited if the defect no longer exists. The recognition shall be revoked if any of the conditions set out in the first sentence have subsequently been omitted, if the training has repeatedly not been properly carried out or if otherwise the obligations arising from the recognition or against Conditions have been grossly violated. The supreme state authority responsible for driving licences or health care, or the body designated by it or competent by national law, shall exercise the supervision of the holders of the recognition. The authority responsible for the supervision may itself examine or, by means of expert experts, examine whether the conditions for recognition are still fulfilled, whether the training is carried out properly and whether the training is otherwise carried out by the competent authorities. Recognition or obligations are fulfilled. Sentence 7 shall also apply to the bodies referred to in the second sentence of paragraph 1. (3) The accident insurance institutions and the bodies responsible for the supervision referred to in the second sentence of paragraph 2 shall inform each other of the insinuations referred to in the third sentence of paragraph 1, as well as withdrawal and revocation. (2), second sentence, and 5. Unofficial table of contents

Section 69 To carry out the driving licence examination

(1) The performance of the driving licence test shall be the responsibility of the officially recognised expert or examiner for motor vehicle traffic at the technical testing centres for motor vehicle traffic in accordance with the provisions of § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § 10 and 14 of the Federal Motor Insurance Act as well as the officially recognized examiners and experts within the meaning of § 16 of the Federal Motor Insurance Act. (2) The driving licence examination must be carried out in accordance with Annex 7. Personal data collected from the driver's licence examination shall be Delete the expiry of the fifth calendar year after completion of the test order. Unofficial table of contents

Section 70 Carriers of courses for the restoration of the suitability for use of force

(1) Carriers carrying out courses to restore the suitability for use of alcohol or dropper-specific drivers shall be recognised by the competent authority of the State for the purpose of Section 11 (10). Only persons who meet the requirements of Section 11 (10) and who are not holders of a driving licence may be admitted to the courses. (2) The recognition shall be accepted by the institution in writing for his/her positions, his courses Restoration of the suitability for use of alcohol or droppable drivers and its instructors if the conditions set out in Annex 15 and of the Directive on the requirements for carriers of courses for the restoration of The Federal Institute for Road Engineering (Bundesanstalt für Straßenwesen) of 27. January 2014 (VkBl. (3) The recognition may be accompanied by secondary provisions, in particular with conditions, in order to ensure the existence and proper functioning of the institution and its bodies. (4) The recognition shall be based on: for a period not exceeding ten years. It shall be extended upon request for a maximum period of ten years. The conditions laid down in paragraph 2 shall be re-established for renewal, subject to the provisions of Annex 15, point 7. (5) The recognition shall be withdrawn if, in the case of its grant, one of the conditions referred to in paragraph 2 is not provided (6) The recognition shall be revoked if any of the conditions referred to in paragraph 2 have subsequently been omitted, if the effectiveness of the courses has been completed in accordance with the provisions of the the outcome of a state-of-the-art (7) § 66 (7) and (8) applies accordingly. (7) § 66 (7) and (8) applies accordingly. Unofficial table of contents

Section 71 Transport psychological counseling

(1) For the purpose of carrying out the traffic-psychological counseling in accordance with Section 2a (7) of the Road Traffic Act, persons within the meaning of this provision shall be deemed to be officially recognised as having an affirmation in accordance with paragraph 2 of the Section for Transport Psychology in the Professional Association of German Psychologists and Psychologists e. The Section for Transport Psychology in the Professional Association of German Psychologists and Psychologists e. V. shall issue the confirmation if the adviser has the following requirements:

1.

Completion of a university degree as a graduate psychologist or an equivalent master degree in psychology,

2.

Training in transport psychology at a university or equivalent institution, or a body dealing with the assessment or restoration of the suitability for use of power, or at a training seminar attended by the professional association German psychologists and psychologists e. V.,

3.

Experience in the field of transport psychology

a)

by at least three years of assessment of drivers at a point of assessment for the suitability of the vehicle, or at least three years of holding seminars or courses for the restoration of the suitability of the vehicle, or

b)

within the framework of an at least five-year freelance transport psychological activity, which is carried out by means of confirmations of authorities or assessment bodies for driving suitability or through the documentation of ten treatment measures for traffic-related cases Drivers who have been completed with a positive assessment can be provided, or

c)

within the framework of a three-year freelance transport psychological activity with certification as a clinical psychologist/psychotherapist in accordance with the guidelines of the Professional Association of German Psychologists and Psychologists e. V. or by means of a comparable psychotherapeutic activity; and

4.

Participation in one of the Professional Association of German Psychologists and Psychologists e. V. recognised quality assurance system where the consultant is not already included in another comparable quality assurance system. At least:

a)

Proof of participation in an introductory seminar on traffic law of at least 16 hours,

b)

regular guidance of a standardized consulting documentation on each advisory session,

c)

regular monitoring and evaluation of the consultation documents and

d)

Proof of participation in a training course or practical advice of at least 16 hours within two years.

(3) The consultant has the section Traffic Psychology of the Professional Association of German Psychologists and Psychologists e. V. to submit a certificate of successful participation in quality assurance every two years. The Section shall immediately inform the competent authority or body in accordance with paragraph 5 if the certificate is not submitted within the prescribed time limit or if otherwise the conditions referred to in paragraph 2 are no longer available or the (4) The recognition shall be withdrawn if any of the conditions at the time of their confirmation are to be accepted after the date of their confirmation. (2), except where the deficiency is no longer . The recognition shall be revoked if any of the conditions referred to in paragraph 2 have subsequently been omitted, the counselling of traffic psychologists is not properly carried out or otherwise the obligations arising from the recognition or against (4a) The recognition must also be taken back if the personal reliability of the provisions of Section 2a, paragraph 7, sentence 8, point 1 of the Road Traffic Act, has not been fulfilled at the time of the confirmation provided for in paragraph 2, In particular, the adviser has to drive the licence for repeated infringements of the traffic law or criminal offences have been withdrawn or criminal offences have been committed in connection with the activity; this may not be the case if the defect no longer exists. The recognition must be revoked if the personal reliability (Section 2a, paragraph 7, sentence 8, point 1 of the Road Traffic Act) has subsequently been withdrawn. (5) The recognition of the traffic psychology Advisers shall be the competent supreme state authority or the body designated by it or the competent authority in accordance with national law. This also carries out the supervision of the transport psychology advisors; it can be used for suitable persons or bodies. Unofficial table of contents

Section 72 Review

(1) The

1.

Institution of assessment bodies for appropriation in accordance with § 66,

2.

Technical inspection bodies in accordance with § 69 in conjunction with § § 10 and 14 of the Act on the Law of Power Law,

3.

Carriers carrying out courses to restore the suitability of the vehicle in accordance with § 70,

must be reviewed by the Federal Highway Institute (Bundesanstalt für Straßenwesen) with regard to the fulfilment of the relevant technical requirements. The evaluation includes the initial evaluation, the regular review as well as the evaluation of special occasions. In the case of carriers of assessment bodies for appropriation, this shall also include the evaluation of the appraisal. (2) The basis for the assessment referred to in paragraph 1 shall be:

1.

the Directive on the requirements for carriers of assessment bodies for the suitability of the vehicle (§ 66 FeV) and their evaluation by the Federal Highway Agency (Bundesanstalt für Straßenwesen) of 27 January 2014 (VkBl. 110),

2.

the Directive on the requirements for technical inspection bodies (§ 69 in conjunction with § § 10 and 14 of the Kraftfahrsachverinsurgesetz) and their evaluation by the Federal Institute for Road Engineering (Bundesanstalt für Straßenwesen) of 27 January 2014 (VkBl. 110),

3.

the Directive on the requirements for carriers of courses for the restoration of the suitability for use of power (§ 70 FeV) and their evaluation by the Federal Institute for Road Engineering of 27 January 2014 (VkBl. 110).

(3) Taking into account the opinion of one of the bodies referred to in paragraph 1, the opinion of the Federal Highway Agency, together with the results of the assessments, shall be issued to those bodies and to those for official recognition or to the supervision of the competent authorities in accordance with national law.

V.
Implementing, penal, transitional and final provisions

Unofficial table of contents

Section 73 competences

(1) This Regulation shall, in so far as not be the responsibility of the supreme state authorities or the senior administrative authorities, or otherwise determine this Regulation, shall be governed by the lower administrative authorities or authorities competent under national law, which are assigned to the tasks of the lower managing authority by national law (driving licence authorities). The competent supreme state authorities and the senior administrative authorities may give instructions to these authorities for the individual case. (2) The local authority, unless otherwise specified, is the authority of the place in which the The applicant or the person concerned has his/her place of residence, in the case of several apartments, his main residence (§ 12 paragraph 2 of the Reporting Framework Act, as amended by the Federal Law Gazette of 19 April 2002 (BGBl. 1342), as last amended by Article 3 (1) of the Law of 18 June 2009 (BGBl). 1346), as amended), in the absence of such authority, the authority of the place of residence or of the place of establishment or of the place of establishment in the case of legal persons, commercial undertakings or authorities or service. Applications may, with the consent of the local authority, be dealt with and dealt with by a sibling external authority. The authority of the authority referred to in the first and second sentences shall be effective throughout the country, except where the scope is limited by statutory regulation or by the authorities ' disposal. Where transport safety requires immediate intervention, any competent authority with the same effect may, instead of the local competent authority, take measures on a provisional basis under this Regulation. (3) Does not require a living person to live in (4) The responsibilities of the administrative authorities, the higher administrative authorities and the highest administrative authorities (paragraph 1) shall be the responsibility of the administrative authorities, the administrative authorities and the competent authorities of the Member States. State authorities will be responsible for the service areas of the Bundeswehr, the Federal police and the police are carried out by their departments according to the department of the ministries. Unofficial table of contents

Section 74 Exceptions

(1) Exceptions can be approved

1.

the competent supreme state authorities, or the bodies designated by them or competent by national law, of all the provisions of this Regulation in certain individual cases or, in general, for certain individual applicants, unless the impact not confined to the territory of the country and a uniform decision is required,

2.

the Federal Ministry of Transport and Digital Infrastructure of all the provisions of this Regulation, unless the national authorities are competent in accordance with point 1; general exceptions shall be ordered by means of a regulation without the consent of the Federal Council Consultation of the competent supreme state authorities.

(2) Exceptions to the minimum age shall require the consent of the legal representative. (3) The authorisation of exceptions to the provisions of this Regulation may be subject to conditions. (4) On the granting of exceptional permits or ordered The decisive administrative authority shall issue a certificate, provided that the exemption or edition is not recorded in the driving licence. The certificate has the format DIN A5 and the color pink, the circumference is 1 sheet, a two-sided printing is possible. The carrier material consists of safety paper with a thickness of 90 g/m. ² , without optical brighteners, into which the following counterfeit security features are incorporated:

1.

as watermark, the motif protected by law for the Bundesdruckerei: "Bundeseagle",

2.

only visible under UV light yellow and blue fluorescent melter fibres,

3.

chemical reagents.

The form shall have a serial number on the front side. The certificate must be carried by the Federal Police, the police, the Federal Police, the fire brigade and the other units and facilities of the Federal Republic of Germany on request for examination. Civil protection and customs services shall be exempt from the provisions of this Regulation to the extent that this is urgently required for the performance of public tasks with due regard to public security and order. Unofficial table of contents

§ 75 Administrative Offences

Contrary to § 24 of the Road Traffic Act, who intentionally or negligently acts

1.

, in accordance with Article 2 (1), taking part in the traffic or allowing the person to participate in the traffic as being responsible for the person responsible, without having appropriately taken any steps to ensure that others are not at risk,

2.

in accordance with Article 2 (3), a mark of the type referred to in Article 2 (2),

3.

, contrary to Article 3 (1), a vehicle or animal, or which is contrary to a fully-fledgable arrangement or condition,

4.

a provision of the second sentence of § 4 (2) or (3), § 5 (4) sentence 2 or 3, § 25 (4) sentence 1, § 48 (3) sentence 2 or § 74 (4) sentence 2 on the co-management, suspension of driving licences, their translation and certificates and the the obligation to indicate the loss and the application for a replacement document,

5.

, contrary to the provisions of the first sentence of Article 5 (1) or Article 76 (2), a mofa or a motorised ambulance shall carry out without the examination necessary for that purpose,

6.

, contrary to Article 5 (2), sentence 2 or 3, carries out a Mofa training without having to own the driving licence or, contrary to Article 5 (2), sentence 4, a certificate of training,

7.

Contrary to Article 10 (3), a motor vehicle for which a driving licence is not required before the completion of the 15. years of life,

8.

Contrary to Article 10 (4), a child under the age of seven shall take part in a mofa (section 4, paragraph 1, sentence 2, point 1), even though he is not yet 16 years old,

9.

a fully-retractable condition pursuant to § 10 (1) (5), (7), (8) and (9), § 23 (2) sentence 1, § 28 (1) sentence 2, § 46 (2) or § 74 (3)),

10.

a provision in the third sentence of Article 25 (5), the second sentence of § 30 (3), the first sentence of Article 47, paragraph 2, sentence 1 and the second sentence of paragraph 3, or the third sentence of Article 48 (10), in conjunction with Section 47 (1) of the article on the delivery or presentation of the documents of a driving licence;

11.

(dropped)

12.

, contrary to § 48 (1), a motor vehicle referred to in the following paragraph leads or allows passenger transport to be arranged or permitted, contrary to Section 48 (8),

13.

Contrary to § 48a (3) sentence 2, the examination certificate does not carry or hand over the examination certificate, or

14.

shall be contrary to a fully-enforceable requirement pursuant to Article 29 (1), sentence 6,

15.

a fully-retractable edition in accordance with § 48a (2) sentence 1.

Unofficial table of contents

Section 76 Transitional law

The following provisions shall apply to the provisions referred to below:

1.

(dropped)

2.

Section 4 (1) (2) (nurseries) Holder of a certificate of sickness insurance pursuant to Article 5 (4) of this Regulation in the version valid up to 1 September 2002 shall be entitled to use motorised nurseries with one of the following: Design maximum speed exceeding 10 km/h in accordance with Article 4 (1), second sentence, point 2 of this Regulation, in the version valid until 1 September 2002, and in accordance with Article 76 (2) of this Regulation in the version valid until 1 September 2002 , A motorised ambulance with a maximum speed of not more than 10 km/h in accordance with Article 4 (1), second sentence, point 2 of this Regulation, in the version up to 1 September 2002, which shall be up to 1 September 2002. No driving licence or test certificate referred to in Article 5 (4) of this Regulation shall be required in the version valid until 1 September 2002, and shall not be subject to a licence or certificate.

3.

Section 5 (1) (Examination for the management of Mofas)
shall not apply to the guides of the vehicles referred to in Article 4 (1), second sentence, points 1 and 1b, which shall be 15 years before 1 April 1980. Have completed their life year.

4.

§ 5 Paragraph 2 (entitlement of a driving instructor to Mofa-training) A driving instructor who has a driving licence of the previous class 3 or a corresponding driving licence is also entitled to the Mofa training, this instructor before the first class. It was acquired in October 1985 and before 1 October 1985. October 1987 took part in an at least two-day introductory course organised by the German Transport Security Council (Deutscher Verkehrssecurity-rat).

5.

§ 5 (4) and Annexes 1 and 2 (examination certificate for mopeds/ambulances) certificates for Mofas and ambulances which have been issued after the samples prescribed by 1 September 2002 shall remain valid.

6.

§ 6 Paragraph 1 of the Class A1 class A1 motorcycles shall also apply

a)

Motorcycles with a cylinder capacity of not more than 50 cm ³ and a maximum speed of more than 40 km/h, determined by the design, if, by 31 December 1983, they have been placed on the market for the first time (mopeds to date), and

b)

Motorcycles with a cylinder capacity of not more than 125 cm ³ and a nominal output of not more than 11 kW, if they have been placed on the market for the first time by 18 January 2013.

7.

§ 6 Paragraph 1 to Class Aholders of a Class A driving licence (limited) in accordance with Article 6 (2) of this Regulation in the version valid until 18 January 2013

a)

Motorcycles of category A2 and

b)

after the expiry of two years after the issuing of motor vehicles of category A

leading

8.

§ 6 Paragraph 1 to Class AMAs two-wheel mopeds and bicycles with auxiliary motor also apply

a)

Motorcycles with a cylinder capacity of not more than 50 cm ³ and a maximum speed of more than 45 km/h and not more than 50 km/h, if they have been placed on the market for the first time by 31 December 2001,

b)

Mopeds and bicycles with an auxiliary motor within the meaning of the provisions of the German Democratic Republic, if they have been placed on the market for the first time until 28 February 1992.

How bicycles with an auxiliary motor are treated in the presence of the other requirements of § 6 (1)

a)

Vehicles with a cylinder capacity of more than 50 cm ³ if they have been placed on the market for the first time before 1 September 1952 and the maximum power of their engine, which is determined by the design, does not exceed 0.7 kW (1 PS),

b)

vehicles with a maximum speed of more than 40 km/h, when they are first placed on the market before 1 January 1957, and the weight of the vehicle with the auxiliary motor, but without tools, and without the contents of the fuel tank, in the case of vehicles set up for the carriage of loads, not exceeding 33 kg without the carrier; this weight limit shall not apply to two-seater vehicles (tandems) and vehicles with three Wheels.

8a.

Section 10 (2), first sentence (minimum age for vocational training) For persons who are in vocational training on 26 June 2006 for a training occupation referred to in § 10 (2) sentence 1, § 10 (2) sentence 1 shall be applicable in the To continue to apply until completion of their respective training.

9.

Section 11 (9), § 12 (6), § § 23, 24, 48 and Annex 5 and 6 (medical examinations and visual acuity in the case of holders of driving licences old right) holders of a Class 3 driving licence or a driving licence corresponding to it, which until 31 December 1998, where they do not result in combinations of vehicles falling within the CE class, they do not need to undergo a medical examination. Classes C1 and C1E will not be fixed on a temporary basis in the event of a change in their driving licence. On request, the CE class is also assigned with a restriction to trains falling within class 3. The driving licence of this class shall be limited to the date on which the holder is entitled to 50. Year of life completed. In order to extend the licence after the expiry of the period of validity, § 24 shall apply accordingly. Driving licence holders, which shall be 50 years old until 31 December 1998. In the case of the conversion of the driving licence for the maintenance of the restricted class CE, they must prove their suitability in accordance with § 11 (9) and § 12 (6) in conjunction with Appendixes 5 and 6. If the driving licence granted up to 31 December 1998 is not changed, the holder shall be entitled to complete the licence. No more vehicle combinations falling in class CE will result in a life year. In order to obtain a driving licence of this class, § 24 (2) shall apply accordingly. For licence holders, which shall be 50 years after 31 December 1999. They shall enter into force on 1 January 2001 and shall enter into force on 1 January 2001. In the case of the conversion of a Class 2 driving licence or a corresponding driving licence issued until 31 December 1998, the driving licence of categories C and CE shall be limited to the date on which the holder is entitled to 50. Year of life completed. In order to extend the licence and to grant it after the expiry of the period of validity, section 24 shall apply accordingly. Driving licence holders, which shall be 50 years old until 31 December 1998. In the case of the conversion of the driving licence, they must prove their suitability in accordance with § 11 (9) and § 12 (6) in conjunction with Appendixes 5 and 6. If the driving licence granted up to 31 December 1998 is not changed, the holder shall be entitled to complete the licence. No more vehicles or vehicle combinations of categories C or CE shall be carried out in the course of a year. In order to obtain a driving licence for these classes, § 24 (2) shall apply accordingly. For licence holders, which shall be 50 years after 31 December 1999. In the event of a full year, the first sentence of 13 January 2001 shall enter into force on 1 January 2001. Certificates of medical examination or testimonies concerning the ophthalmological examination of the visual acuity, which have been made in accordance with the patterns prescribed by the expiry of the 14 June 2007, shall remain valid for two years. Certificates of medical examination or testimonies concerning the ophthalmological examination of vision, which correspond to the designs of Appendices 5 and 6 in the version valid until 14 June 2007, may be issued until 1 September 2007. 2007 will continue to be made in 2007.

10.

§ § 15 to 18 (driving licence examination) As of 19 January 2013, driving licences shall be carried out only in accordance with the provisions in force from that date. Applicants who submit the application for a driving licence until the end of the period of 18 January 2013 and who have reached the minimum age until that date shall be entitled to the driving licence under the conditions of the expiry date of 18 January 2013 in accordance with applicable conditions. If the requested driver's licence is not issued until the end of 18 January 2013, the application shall be interpreted as follows:

Application for class application for class

M	AM
S	AM
A (limited)	A2

If the requested driving licence is not granted by the end of the period of 18 January 2013, a driving licence issued from 19 January 2013 shall be subject to the minimum age limits in the version valid until the end of the period of 18 January 2013. Applicants who submit the application for a licence until the end of the period of 18 January 2013, but who do not reach the minimum age in force until that date, shall be granted a driving licence in the new classes, which shall be issued to the after the comparison, requested in the table following the sentence 3. A theoretical examination which the applicant has filed for one of the classes of old law up to the end of 18 January 2013 shall remain valid for one year also for the corresponding new class referred to in the table following the third sentence.

11.

§ 17 (6) (cancellation of the restriction of the driving licence) On request, a restriction of the driving licence to vehicles without a manual transmission was effected until the expiry of the 18 January 2013, provided that the driver's licence holder is the driver of the driving licence. Class B has been purchased on a vehicle with manual transmission.

11a.

§ 19 (Training in First Aid) A training within the meaning of § 19 (1) shall be subject to instruction in life-saving emergency measures or training in first aid after the end of the 20. October 2015 shall be the same.

11b.

§ 19 (Continuation of certificates of life-saving emergency measures and first aid) Certificates on participation in a training in life-saving emergency measures shall apply until the end of the 21. October 2017, in the event of an application for a driving licence of categories AM, A1, A2, A, B, BE, L and T as proof within the meaning of section 21 (3) (5). Certificates of participation in first-aid training shall apply for an unlimited period in the case of an application for a driving licence as proof within the meaning of section 21 (3) (5).

11c.

§ § 20 and 24 (2) (re-issuance of a driving licence after withdrawal of a licence or waiver, re-issuance of a driver's licence issued on the basis of the expiry of the period of validity)
Persons who have been deprived of a driving licence or who have declared a waiver of their driving licence shall, in the context of the re-allocation according to § 20, subject to the provisions of the fourth sentence and the number 9, the driving licence to the extent of the Appendix 3. Persons whose driving licence is granted on the basis of the expiry of the period of validity shall be re-issued as part of the re-allocation pursuant to Section 24 (2), subject to the provisions of sentence 4 and to point 9, the driving licence in the scope of Appendix 3. If a licence has been re-issued before 1 January 2015, the licence shall be issued on request in the scope of Appendix 3, subject to the provisions of sentence 4 and to point 9. The driving licence authority shall issue a driving licence examination if there are facts which justify the assumption that the applicant no longer possesses the knowledge and skills required in accordance with Article 16 (1) and § 17 (1).

11d.

§ 22 (procedure with the Authority and the Technical Examination Office) If driving licences have been issued until 18 January 2013, they may also be handed out from 19 January 2013, provided that the driving licence is valid until the end of the 18. It was acquired in January 2013.

12.

Section 22 (2), § 25 (4) (collection of information) If the data of the person concerned is not yet stored in the Central Driving License Register, the information in accordance with § 22 (2) sentence 2 and § 25 (4) sentence 1 can be obtained from the local authority. Driving licence registers are obtained.

12a.

Section 22 (4) sentence 7 and Annex 8a (preliminary proof of driving licence) A preliminary proof of driving licences shall be allowed until 1 April 2016 after the expiry of the 20. October 2015 shall be issued.

12b.

Section 22a (2) (4), also in conjunction with Section 48a (3), shall not be applied until 1 April 2016.

13.

Section 25 (1) and (8), Article 26 (1) and Annex 8, § 48 (3) and Annex 8 (driving licences, driving licences for passenger transport) driving licences issued after the specimens prescribed up to 1 May 2015 or in accordance with the requirements of the German authorities Democratic Republic, including those of the National People's Army, remain valid. Driving licences granted up to 18 January 2013 for the carriage of passengers by bus and coach, taxis, rental cars, ambulances or passenger cars, with which excursions or holiday destinations (§ 48 of the Passenger Transport Act) are carried out and corresponding driving licences shall remain valid until the expiry of their current term of validity. The scheme in point 9 shall remain unaffected.

13a.

Section 29 (Foreign Driving Licences) An international driving licence, valid until 31 December 2010 in accordance with Article 41 of and Annex 7 to the Convention on Road Transport of 8 November 1968, in the version valid until 31 December 2010, abroad shall be entitled, within the limits of its period of validity, to the driving of motor vehicles in the country.

14.

Section 48 (3) (retribution of the previous driving licences for the carriage of passengers) licences for the carriage of passengers carried out in accordance with the patterns prescribed by 1 September 2002 shall remain valid. Driving licences for the carriage of passengers, which correspond to model 4 of Appendix 8 in the version valid up to 1 September 2002, may continue to be carried out until 31 December 2002.

15.

Appendix 8b (examination certificate for the "Accompanying driving from 17 years") A certificate of examination for "Accompanying driving from 17 years" may be issued until 1 April 2016 after the expiry of the 20th anniversary of the "Accompanying Driving". The current model of Appendix 8a will be issued in October 2015.

16.

(dropped)

17.

§ § 66 and 70 (Recognition of carriers of assessment bodies for the suitability of the use of vehicles and carriers who carry out courses for the restoration of the suitability for use of motor vehicles in accordance with § 70) The existing recognitions of assessment bodies for the suitability of the driving licence in accordance with § 66 and Courses to restore the suitability for use of power pursuant to § 70 must be adapted to the amended regulations by the end of the 30 April 2017. Until that date, the recognition authority shall submit an opinion from the Federal Agency that the requirements applicable from 1 May 2014 are fulfilled in accordance with the provisions of Annex 14 (2) (8) and Annex 15 (2) (7).

18.

§ 68 (Recognition of posts for instruction in lifesaving emergency measures and for training in first aid) After the end of the 20th Until 31 December 2015, the recognised bodies for the remittante in lifesaving emergency measures will be able to carry out teachings in lifesaving emergency measures until 31 December 2015.

19.

Section 74 (4) (derogation permits) exemption permits may be granted until 31 December 2015 at the end of the period until the end of the 20th day. October 2015 is due to be issued in October 2015.

Unofficial table of contents

Section 77 Reference to technical regulations

Insofar as reference is made in this Regulation to DIN, EN or ISO/IEC standards, these are published in Beuth Verlag GmbH, 10772 Berlin. They are deposited at the German Patent Office in the form of an archive. Unofficial table of contents

Section 78 Entry into force

This Regulation shall enter into force on the day following the date of delivery. At the same time, the driving licence ordinance of 18 August 1998 (BGBl. 2214), as last amended by Article 3 of the Regulation of 5 August 2009 (BGBl I). 2631), except for force. Unofficial table of contents

Final formula

The Federal Council has agreed. Unofficial table of contents

Appendix 1 (to § 5 (2))
Minimum requirements for the training of applicants for a test certificate for Mofas according to § 5 (2) by driving instructor

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2010, 2015;
with regard to of the individual amendments. Footnote)
Applicants for a Mofa-examination certificate have to undergo a theoretical and practical training.

1.

Theoretical training

1.1

The theoretical training must comprise at least six double hours of 90 minutes each.

1.2

The training certificate (§ 5 (2)) can be issued if the applicant has not missed more than a two-hour period.

1.3

Applicants shall be grouped into groups of learning groups that may not have more than 20 participants.

1.4

The theoretical training is to be carried out as a course, which starts and ends at the same time for all participants in a learning group. The course is separate from the theoretical instruction for applicants to carry out a driving licence. If such a course does not come about due to too small a number of participants, the applicants can participate in the theoretical instruction for classes A, A1, A2 or AM.

1.5

The aim of the course is to achieve traffic-oriented and considerate behaviour in road traffic. The theoretical training is to be done at the course participant

-

will lead to safety-related attitudes and behaviours,

-

promoting responsible behaviour in road transport; and

-

prevent the emergence of traffic-threatening behaviours.

1.6

The course must include the subjects for the theoretical instruction contained in Appendix 1 to the training order, to the extent that they are relevant for the management of Mofas. In these courses, the effects of technical manipulations at the Mofa on safety and the environment, as well as the associated legal consequences for the driver, must also be illustrated.

1.7

The confrontation with the behaviour of road traffic must include the world of experience of young participants.

1.8

The traffic rules must be justified on the basis of practical examples and should be taken into account.

2.

Practical training

2.1

The practical training must include at least a double hour of 90 minutes, if applicants are trained individually.

2.2

If applicants are taught in a group, the practical training of the group must include at least two double hours of 90 minutes each.

2.3

The group may not have more than four participants; for up to two participants, a Mofa must be available for the entire duration of the practical training.

2.4

The goal of practical training is to achieve the safe mastery of a Mofas.

2.5

At least the following exercises are to be carried out on vehicle control:

-

Handling of the Mofas,

-

Driving and holding,

-

Go straight ahead with step speed,

-

Driving a circle,

-

Contact

-

Braking,

-

Soak.

2.6

The exercises are to be carried out outside public roads or on low-traffic areas.

Unofficial table of contents

Appendix 2 (to § 5 (2) and (4))
Training and examination certificates for Mofas

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2010, 2016-2017)

a)

Training certificate for Mofas PDF document is displayed in your own window

b)

Mufa-inspection certificate colour: dark grey; width 140 mm, height 105 mm, once foldable to format DIN A7; type pressure

(Front side)		(rear outside)
PDF document is displayed in your own window		PDF document is displayed in your own window
(Left inside)		(Rights on the inside)
PDF document is displayed in your own window		PDF document is displayed in your own window

Unofficial table of contents

Appendix 3 (to § 6 (6))
Conversion of driving licences to old law and exchange of driving licences according to previous patterns

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2013, 39-45) The following classes are allocated and confirmed in the driving licence in the case of the conversion of driving licences to the new classes and the exchange of driving licences according to the previous models: A. Driving licences and driving licences in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Republic of Germany. Driving licences according to the Road Traffic-Admission Order (date of grant until 31 December 1998)











² Lfd. Nr.Driving permit- class (old) date of issue of Driving licence classes (new) Allocation only on request Class (Key Figures according to Appendix 9) Other Permissions or Restrictions: Class and Key Count pursuant to Annex 9

1	1	before 1.12.54	A, A2, A1, AM, B, L		L 174, 175
2	1	in Saarland after 30.11.54 and before 1.10.60	A, A2, A1, AM, B, L		L 174, 175
3	1	after 30.11.54 and before 1.1.89	A, A2, A1, AM, L		L 174, 175
4	1	after 31.12.88	A, A2, A1, AM, L		L 174
5	1 a	before 1.1.89	A, A2, A1, AM, L 3		L 174, 175
6	1 a	after 31.12.88	A, A2, A1, AM, L 3		L 174
7	1 limited to light-weight wheels	after 31.3.80 and before 1.4.86	A1, AM, L		L 174, 175, A1 79.05
8	1 b	before 1.1.89	A1, AM, L		L 174, 175, A1 79.05
9	1 b	after 31.12.88	A1, AM, L		L 174, A1 79.05
10	2	before 1.12.54	A, A2, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L, T		C 172, BE 79.06
11	2	in Saarland after 30.11.54 and before 1.10.60	A, A2, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L, T		C 172, BE 79.06
12	2	before 1.4.80	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L, T		C 172, A1 79.05, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
13	2	after 31.3.80	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L, T		C 172, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
14	2 limited to combinations by type of a semitrailer or of a lorry with three Axes	after 31.12.85	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, CE, L	C, T 1	C 172, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (L ≤ 3)
15	3 (a + b)	before 1.12.54	A, A2, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, L 174, 175, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
16	3	in Saarland after 30.11.54 and before 1.10.60	A, A2, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, L 174, 175, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
17	3	before 1.4.80	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, L 174, 175, A1 79.05, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
18	3	after 31.3.80 and before 1.1.89	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, L 174, 175, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
19	3	after 31.12.88	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, L 174, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
20	4	before 1.12.54	A, A2, A1, AM, B, L		L 174, 175
21	4	in Saarland after 30.11.54 and before 1.10.60	A, A2, A1, AM, B, L		L 174, 175
22	4	before 1.4.80	A1, AM, L		L 174, 175, A1 79.05
23	4	after 31.3.80 and before 1.1.89	AM, L		L 174, 175
24	4	after 31.12.88	AM, L		L 174
25	5	before 1.4.80	AM, L		L 174, 175
26	5	after 31.3.80 and before 1.1.89	AM, L		L 174, 175
27	5	after 31.12.88	L		L 174

II. Driving licences according to the driving licence-ordinance (date of grant from 1 January 1999 to 18 January 2013)


² Lfd. Nr.Driving Liceny Class (old) driving licence classes (new) Other permissions or restrictions: Class and key number according to Appendix 9

1	A1	A1, AM	A1 79.05
2	A (limited)	A 4 , A2, A1, AM
3	A	A, A2, A1, AM
4	B	A, A1, AM, B, L	A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04
5	BE	A, A1, AM, B, BE, L	A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
6	C1	A, A1, AM, B, C1, L	A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04
7	C1E	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, L	A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
8	C	A, A1, AM, B, C1, C, L	A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04
9	CE	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L, T	A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
10	D1	A, A1, AM, B, D1, L	A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04
11	D1E	A, A1, AM, B, BE, D1, D1E, L	A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
12	D	A, A1, AM, B, D1, D, L	A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04
13	EN	A, A1, AM, B, BE, D1, D1E, D, DE, L	A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
14	M	AM
15	L	L
16	S	AM
17	T	AM, L, T

B. Driving licences and driving licences in accordance with the provisions of the German Democratic Republic (on the basis of the Transport Sheet Law of 27 June 1994) I. Before the 3. Driving licences issued in October 1990










² Lfd. Nr.DDR-Fahr- Permit date of issue of the Driving licence classes (new) Allocation only on request Class (Key Figures according to Appendix 9) Other Permissions or Restrictions: Class and Key Count pursuant to Annex 9

1	A	before 1.12.54	A, A2, A1, AM, B, L		L 174, 175
2	A	after 30.11.54 and before 1.1.89	A, A2, A1, AM, L		L 174, 175
3	A	after 31.12.88	A, A2, A1, AM, L		L 174
4	B (restricted to motor vehicles with no more than 250 cm 3 Lifting capacity, electric carts-also with trailer-as well as machine powered nurseries)	before 1.12.54	A, A2, A1, AM, B, L		L 174, 175
5	B (Limited)	after 30.11.54 and before 1.4.80	A, A1, AM, B, L		OJ L 174, 175, A1 79.05, A 79.03, A 79.04
6	B (Limited)	after 31.3.80 and before 1.1.89	A, A1, AM, B, L		OJ L 174, 175, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04
7	B (Limited)	after 31.12.88	A, A1, AM, B, L		L 174, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04
8	B	before 1.12.54	A, A2, A1, AM, B, BE, C, C1E, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, L 174, A1 79.05, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
9	B	after 30.11.54 and before 1.4.80	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, L 174, 175, A1 79.05, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
10	B	after 31.3.80 and before 1.1.89	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, L 174, 175, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
11	B	after 31.12.88	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, L 174, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
12	C	before 1.12.54	A, A2, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, L 174, 175, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
13	C	after 30.11.54 and before 1.4.80	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L	T 1	OJ C 172, A1 79.05, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
14	C	after 31.3.80	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L	T 1	C 172, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
15	D		A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, L, T		L 174, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
16	BE	before 1.1.89	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, L 174, 175, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
17	BE	after 31.12.88	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, L 174, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
18	CE		A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L, T		C 172, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
19	EN		A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, L, T		A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
20	M	before 1.12.54	A, A2, A1, AM, B, L		L 174, 175
21	M	after 30.11.54 and before 1.4.80	A1, AM, L		L 174, 175, A1 79.05
22	M	after 31.3.80 and before 1.1.89	AM, L		L 174, 175
23	M	after 31.12.88	AM, L		L 174
24	T	before 1.4.80	AM, L		L 174, 175
25	T	after 31.3.80 and before 1.1.89	L		L 174, 175
26	T	after 31.12.88	L		L 174

II. Driving licences issued before 1 June 1982










² Lfd. Nr.DDR-Fahr- Permit date of issue of the Driving licence classes (new) Allocation only on request Class (Key Figures according to Appendix 9) Other Permissions or Restrictions: Class and Key Count pursuant to Annex 9

1	1	before 1.12.54	A, A2, A1, AM, B, L		L 174, 175
2	1	after 30.11.54	A, A2, A1, AM, L		L 174, 175
3	2	before 1.12.54	A, A2, A1, AM, B, L		L 174, 175
4	2	after 30.11.54 and before 1.4.80	A, A1, AM, B, L		OJ L 174, 175, A1 79.05, A 79.03, A 79.04
5	2	after 31.3.80	A, A1, AM, B, L		OJ L 174, 175, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04
6	3	before 1.12.54	A, A2, A1, AM, B, L		L 174, 175
7	3	after 30.11.54 and before 1.4.80	A1, AM, L		L 174, 175, A1 79.05
8	3	after 31.3.80	AM, L		L 174, 175
9	4	before 1.12.54	A, A2, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, L 174, 175, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
10	4	after 30.11.54 and before 1.4.80	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, L 174, 175, A1 79.05, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
11	4	after 31.3.80	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, L 174, 175, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
12	5	before 1.12.54	A, A2, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L, T		C 172, BE 79.06
13	5	after 30.11.54 and before 1.4.80	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L, T		C 172, A1 79.05, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
14	5	after 31.3.80	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L, T		C 172, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06

III. Driving licences issued before 1 April 1957










² Lfd. Nr.DDR-Fahr- Permit date of issue of the Driving licence classes (new) Allocation only on request Class (Key Figures according to Appendix 9) Other Permissions or Restrictions: Class and Key Count pursuant to Annex 9

1	1		A, A2, A1, AM, B, L		L 174, 175
2	2		A, A2, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L, T		C 172, BE 79.06
3	3		A, A2, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, L 174, 175, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
4	4		A, A2, A1, AM, B, L		L 174, 175

IV. Driving licences issued before 1 June 1982










² Lfd. Nr.DDR-Fahr- Permit date of issue of the Driving licence classes (new) Allocation only on request Class (Key Figures according to Appendix 9) Other Permissions or Restrictions: Class and Key Count pursuant to Annex 9

1	Slow-moving vehicles	before 1.4.80	A1, AM, L		L 174, 175, A1 79.05
2	Slow-moving vehicles	after 31.3.80	AM, L		L 174, 175
3	Mopeds	before 1.4.80	A1, AM, L		L 174, 175, A1 79.05
4	Mopeds	after 31.3.80	AM, L		L 174, 175

C.) prior to 1 January 1999 issued by the Bundeswehr





² Lfd. Driving licence class allocation to be granted only on request Class (Key Figures according to Appendix 9) More permissions or restrictions: Class and Key Count pursuant to Annex 9

1	A	A, A2, A1, AM, L
2	A1	A, A2, A1, AM, L
3	A2	A1, AM, L		A1 79.05
4	B	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, L		A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
5	C-7.5 t	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03 A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
6	C granted before 1.10.1995	A, A1 AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L, T		C 172, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
7	C granted after 30 September 1995	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L	T 1	C 172, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
8	D granted before 1 October 1988	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, L, T		A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
9	D granted after 30 September 1988	D1, D1E, D, DE
10	C-7.5 t E	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, CE, L	T 1	C1 171, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
11	CE	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L, T		C 172, A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06

(b) granted from 1 January 1999 and until 18 January 2013




² Lfd. Licence class (s) to be issued only on request Class (Key Figures according to Appendix 9) Other permissions or restrictions: Class and Key Count pursuant to Annex 9

1	A	A, A2, A1, AM
2	A1	A1, AM		A1 79.05
3	B	A, A1, AM, B, L		A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04
4	BE	A, A1, AM, B, BE, L		A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
5	C1	A, A1, AM, B, C1, L		A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04
6	C1E	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, L		A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06, CE 79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L = 3)
7	C	A, A1, AM, B, C1, C, L		A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04
8	CE	A, A1, AM, B, BE, C1, C1E, C, CE, L, T		A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
9	D1	A, A1, AM, B, D1, L		A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04
10	D1E	A, A1, AM, B, BE, D1, D1E, L		A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
11	D	A, A1, AM, B, D1, D, L		A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04
12	EN	A, A1, AM, B, BE, D1, D1E, D, DE, L		A1 79.03, A1 79.04, A 79.03, A 79.04, BE 79.06
13	L	L
14	M	AM
15	T	AM, T, L

1

Official note: Following the allocation of Class T only on request, it shall be allocated only to persons active in the agricultural or forestry sector.

2

Official note: If class A2 is omitted, the key number is 79.05, if the class A1 is assigned.

3

Official note: In the case of the conversion of a Class 1a driving licence, the date of issue of category A shall be entered as the date of issue of Class 1a.

4

Official notes: Class A allocation shall be granted only if the applicant has been in possession of a Class A driving licence (limited) for at least two years.

Unofficial table of contents

Appendix 4 (to § § 11, 13 and 14) Suitability and conditional suitability for driving motor vehicles

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2010, 2023-2029;
with regard to of the individual amendments. Footnote)
Preliminary remarks

1.

The list below contains more frequently occurring diseases and deficiencies which may affect or disrupt the suitability for driving of motor vehicles for a longer period of time. Not included are diseases that occur less frequently or persist for a short period of time (e.g. Acute infectious gastric/intestinal disorders, migraine, hay fever, asthma).

2.

The basis of the assessment to be made in the context of § § 11, 13 or 14, whether in individual cases suitability or conditional suitability is available, is usually a medical opinion (§ 11 paragraph 2 sentence 3), in special cases a medical-psychological Opinion (Section 11 (3)) or an expert opinion of an officially recognised expert or auditor for motor vehicle traffic (Section 11 (4)).

3.

The assessments made below apply to the rule case. Compensation by special human predisposition, by habituation, by special adjustment or by special behavioural control and conversion are possible. If there are any doubts in this respect, a medical-psychological evaluation may be indicated.

Diseases, suitability for defects, or conditional restrictions/constraints for conditional suitability Classes A, A1, A2 B, BE, AM, L, T-Class C, C1, CE, C1E, D, D1, DE, D1E, FzFClasses A, A1, A2 B, BE, AM, L, T-Class C, C1, CE, C1E, D, D1, DE, D1E, FzF

1.	Lack of vision See Appendix 6
2.	High-grade hearing loss (hearing loss of 60% or more), single-or double-sided as well as hearing loss, single-or double-sided	yes, if not simultaneously other serious deficiencies (e.g. (e. g. visual disturbances, balance disorders) are available	yes, if not at the same time other serious deficiencies (e.g. (e. g. visual disturbances, balance disorders) are available	-	Medical examination of the aptitude test. Regular Medical Controls. Previous parole of three years driving practice on motor vehicles of class B. The presence of a high-grade hearing disorder must-as far as possible-the supply and the wearing of an adequate hearing aid according to the current status of the medical-technical and Audiological-technical knowledge ,
2.1	(dropped)
2.2	(dropped)
2.3	(dropped)
3.	Movement obstructions	Yes	Yes	where applicable Restriction to certain types of vehicles or vehicles, if necessary with special technical devices according to medical opinion, possibly an additional medical-psychological expert opinion and/or expert opinion from an officially recognised expert or auditor. Edition: regular medical check-ups; may be omitted if disability has stabilised.
4.	Heart and vascular diseases
4.1	Cardiac arrhythmias with seizures of consciousness or loss of consciousness	No	No	-	-
	-after successful treatment with medicinal products or pacemakers	Yes	Exceptionally yes	regular Controls	regular Controls
4.2	Hypertension (too high blood pressure)
4.2.1	With constant diastolic value of more than 130 mmHg	No	No	-	-
4.2.2	at constant diastolic value of over 100 to 130 mmHg	Yes	Yes if there are no other prognostically serious symptoms	Post-investigations	Post-investigations
4.3	Hypotension (too low blood pressure)
4.3.1	Usually no Disease Value	Yes	Yes	-	-
4.3.2	Rare occurrence of hypotonia-related, Seizure-like consciousness disorders	Yes if by Treatment the blood pressure levels are stabilised	Yes if by Treatment the blood pressure levels are stabilised	-	-
4.4	Coronary heart disease (myocardial infarction)
4.4.1	After the first heart attack	Yes in the case of a complication	Exceptionally yes	-	After- Investigation
4.4.2	After a second heart attack	Yes if there are no cardiac insufficiency or dangerous arrhythmias	No	Post-investigation	-
4.5	Cardiac insufficienty due to innate or Heart defects or other causes acquired
4.5.1	Occurring in peace	No	No	-	-
4.5.2	In the case of ordinary everyday loads and special charges	Yes	No	regular medical check-up, post-examination in certain time limits, restriction to a vehicle type, restrictions on time limits and time limits	-
4.6	Peripheral Vascular disorders	Yes	Yes	-	-
5.	Diabetes mellitus (diabetes mellitus)
5.1	Inclination to heavy Metabolic derailments	No	No	-	-
5.2	for first-time substance, alternate derailment or new setting	Yes by setting	Yes by setting	-	-
5.3	in the case of a balanced metabolic situation with diet or oral antidiabetic therapy with low risk of hypoglycaemia	Yes	yes, With good metabolic control without undersugar over 3 months	-	specialist medical Evaluation of regular medical checks in the case of drug therapy
5.4	in the case of medicinal therapy with a high Hypoglycaemia (e.g. Insulin)	yes, in case of undisturbed hypoglycaemic perception	yes, with good metabolic control without undersugar over 3 months and undisturbed Hypoglycaemia perception	-	Specialist medical examination every three years, regular medical checks
5.5	in the case of complications, see also number 1, 4, 6 and 10
6.	Diseases of the Nervous system disorders
6.1	Diseases and consequences of injuries of the Spinal cord	Yes depending on the symptomatology	No	in the case of Follow-up	-
6.2	Disorders of the neuromuscular periphery	Yes depending on the symptomatology	No	in the case of Follow-up	-
6.3	Parkinsonian disease	Yes in case of mild cases and successful therapy	No	Post-investigations at intervals of one, two and four years	-
6.4	Circulatory disorders of the brain activity	Yes After successful therapy and decay of the acute event without risk of relapse	No	Post-investigations at intervals of one, two and four years	-
6.5	conditions after brain injury and brain surgery, innate and Early childhood acquired brain damage
6.5.1	Skull brain injury or brain surgery without substance damage	Yes as a rule after three months	Yes as a rule after three months	at the risk of recurrals after Opera- of brain diseases post-examination	at the risk of recurrals after Opera- of brain diseases After- Investigation
6.5.2	Substance damage caused by Injuries or operations	Yes Taking into account disorders of motor skills, chronic-hirnorganic psychosyndromes and hirnorganic changes in nature	Yes Taking into account disorders of motor skills, chronic-hirnorganic psychosyndromes and hirnorganic changes in nature	at the risk of recurrals after Opera- of brain diseases post-examination	at the risk of recurrals after Opera- of brain diseases After- Investigation
6.5.3	Congenital or Early childhood brain damage
	See paragraph 6.5.2
6.6	Epilepsy	exceptionally, if there is no longer any significant risk of seizure recurrent, e.g. B. one year of seizure	exceptionally, if there is no longer any significant risk of seizure recurrent, e.g. B. Five years without therapy without therapy	After- Investigations	After- Investigations
7.	Psychic (Mental) disorders
7.1	Organic psychosis
7.1.1	acutely	No	No	-	-
7.1.2	after decay	Yes Depending on the type and prognosis of the basic condition, if there are no residual symptoms and no 7.2 in the case of a positive assessment of the basic condition	Yes Depending on the type and prognosis of the basic condition, if there are no residual symptoms and no 7.2 in the case of a positive assessment of the basic condition	as a rule Post-investigation	as a rule After- Investigation
7.2	chronic hirnorganic psychosyndromes
7.2.1	light	Yes Depending on the type and severity	Exceptionally yes	Post-investigation	After- Investigation
7.2.2	Heavy	No	No	-	-
7.3	heavy age dementia and severe personality changes pathological aging processes	No	No	-	-
7.4	Severe intelligence disorders/mental Disability
7.4.1	light	Yes if none Personality disorder	Yes if none Personality disorder	-	-
7.4.2	Heavy	Exceptionally yes, if no personality disorder (Study of personality structure and individual performance)	Exceptionally yes, if no personality disorder (Study of personality structure and individual performance)	-	-
7.5	Affective psychosis
7.5.1	for all mania and very severe depression	No	No	-	-
7.5.2	after the end of the Manic phase and the relevant symptoms of a very severe depression	Yes if not must be expected to recur, where applicable Under medicinal treatment	Yes for symptom freedom	regular Controls	regular Controls
7.5.3	in several manic or very severe depressive phases with short intervals	No	No	-	-
7.5.4	after the phases have subsidisated	Yes if disease activity is lower and no longer has to be reckoned with a form of progression in the previous gravity	No	regular Controls	-
7.6	Schizophrenic psychosis
7.6.1	acutely	No	No	-	-
7.6.2	after expiration	Yes if none Disturbances that significantly impair the reality judgment may be detected	exceptionally yes, only under particularly favourable circumstances	-	-
7.6.3	in the case of several psychotic episodes	Yes	exceptionally yes, only under particularly favourable circumstances	regular Controls	regular Controls
8.	Alcohol
8.1	Abuse (The driving of vehicles and an alcohol consumption affecting the driving safety cannot be sufficiently safely separated.)	No	No	-	-
8.2	after termination of the Abuse	Yes if the Change of drinking behaviour is consolidated	Yes if the Change of drinking behaviour is consolidated	-	-
8.3	Dependency	No	No	-	-
8.4	by dependency (Deforestation treatment)	Yes if dependence no longer exists and usually a year of abstinence is established	Yes if dependence no longer exists and usually a year of abstinence is established	-	-
9.	Narcotic drugs, other psychoactive substances and medicinal products
9.1	Intake of narcotic drugs in the sense of Anesthesiological law (excluding cannabis)	No	No	-	-
9.2	Taking cannabis
9.2.1	Regular intake of cannabis	No	No	-	-
9.2.2	Occasional intake of cannabis	Yes if separation of consumption and driving and no additional use of alcohol or other psychoactive substances, no disturbance of the Personality, no loss of control	Yes if separation of consumption and driving and no additional Use of alcohol or other psychoactive substances, no disturbance of the Personality, no loss of control	-	-
9.3	Dependence on narcotic drugs in the sense of the narcotics law or other psychoactive substances	No	No	-	-
9.4	abusive intake (regular excessive (Use) of psychoactive medicinal products and others psychoactive active substances	No	No	-	-
9.5	after detoxification and Weaning	Yes after one year Abstinence	Yes after one year Abstinence	regular Controls	regular Controls
9.6	Continuous Treatment with medicinal products
9.6.1	Poisoning	No	No	-	-
9.6.2	Impairment of Performance Lead from motor vehicles to the required level	No	No	-	-
10.	Renal disease
10.1	Severe renal insufficiency with significant impairment	No	No	-	-
10.2	Renal insufficiency in dialysis treatment	Yes if none Complications or concomitant diseases	Exceptionally yes	permanent medical care and control, Post-investigation	constant medical care and control, Post-Under- Search
10.3	successful kidney transplant with normal renal function	Yes	Yes	medical care and control, annual follow-up	medical care and control, annual follow-up
10.4	in case of complications or concomitant diseases see also number 1, 4 and 5
11.	Miscellaneous
11.1	Organ transplantation The assessment shall on the basis of the principles of assessment, the institutions concerned
11.2	Daytime sleepiness
11.2.1	Measurable conspicuous Daytime sleepiness	No	No
11.2.2	After treatment	yes, if no measurable flashy daytime sleepiness more than	yes, if no measurable flashy daytime sleepiness more than	Medical Peer review, regular Medical Controls	Medical Peer review, regular Medical Controls
11.3	Severe Lung and Bronchial disorders with severe effects on the cardiovascular system Dynamics	No	No
11.4	Disturbance of equilibrium	as a rule No	as a rule No	in individual cases in accordance with the assessment guidelines on the suitability of vehicles for power	in individual cases corresponding the evaluation guidelines on the appropriation of power

Unofficial table of contents

Annex 4a (to section 11 (5))
Principles for the conduct of investigations and the preparation of the opinions

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2014, 357-358)
The basis for the assessment of suitability for driving motor vehicles is the assessment guidelines for the suitability of motor vehicles of 27 January 2014 (VkBl. 110).

1.

The investigation shall be carried out in accordance with the following principles:

a)

The investigation shall be carried out on a case-by-case basis and shall be carried out using the documents sent by the driving licence authority to the person concerned. The expert has to comply with the question set by the driving licence authority.

b)

The subject matter of the investigation is not the entire personality of the person concerned, but only those characteristics, abilities and behaviours which are of importance for the suitability of the motor vehicle (relevance to the suitability for use of the force).

c)

The investigation may only be carried out in accordance with recognised scientific principles.

d)

Prior to the investigation, the expert has to inform the person concerned about the subject matter and purpose of the investigation.

e)

Records shall be made on the basis of the investigation.

f)

In the cases of § § 13 and 14 the subject matter of the investigation shall also be the likely future behavior of the person concerned, in particular whether it is to be expected that he will not or no longer a motor vehicle under the influence of alcohol or narcotic drugs or medicines. Where dependence on alcohol or narcotics or medicinal products has been present, the investigation must be based on the existence of stable abstinence. In the case of alcohol abuse, without any dependency or dependence, the study must cover whether the person concerned reliably uses alcohol on the one hand and the driving of motor vehicles on the other hand can be separated. Driving licences may be issued to the person concerned only if he has undergone a fundamental change in his attitude to driving motor vehicles under the influence of alcohol or narcotic drugs or medicinal products. There must be conditions at the time of the granting of the driving licence which make a relapse appear unlikely. The expert opinion may also recommend appropriate courses for the restoration of the suitability of the vehicle.

g)

In the cases of § 2a (4) sentence 1 and 5 sentence 5 or § 4 (10) sentence 4 of the Road Traffic Act or § 11 (3) (4) to (9) of this Regulation, the investigation shall also be subject to the expectation of the anticipated future behaviour of the person concerned, that he will no longer be seriously or repeatedly infringed against traffic law provisions or criminal laws. The provisions of point (f), sentences 4 to 6, shall apply accordingly.

2.

The opinion shall be drawn up in accordance with the following principles:

a)

The expert opinion must be drafted in a general language and must be comprehensible and verifiable. The traceability concerns the logical order (conclusiveness) of the opinion. It requires the reproduction of all the essential findings and the presentation of the conclusions leading to the evaluation. The verifiability relates to the scientificality of the evaluation. It requires that the investigation procedures which have led to the findings are indicated and, where the conclusions are based on research results, the sources are mentioned. However, the expert opinion does not need to reflect in detail the scientific basis for the collection and interpretation of the findings.

b)

The opinion must be complete in all essential respects, in particular with regard to the questions raised (Article 11 (6)). The scope of an expert opinion is based on the findings. If the findings are unequivocal, the expert opinion will be reimbursed in more detail, if the findings are complicated.

c)

In the opinion, a distinction must be made between the previous history and the current findings.

3.

When a urine output is dispensed, the state of the science and technology can also be used as an alternative to visual inspection for the clear assignment of the urine to the person to be examined.

4.

The medical-psychological examination can be carried out with the help of a sworn or publicly appointed and sworn interpreter or translator, who is appointed by the assessment body for the appropriation of the driving force. The costs shall be borne by the person to be examined.

5.

Who

a)

is contractually connected to companies or other institutions that

aa)

Persons with regard to the typical questions in the evaluation of assessment bodies for driving suitability within the meaning of § 66 for clarification of doubts on the suitability of the vehicle in groups or individually advised, supervise, supervise or on the prepare review or

bb)

Offer courses to restore the suitability of power, or

b)

offers such measures in person,

shall not examine or examine persons for the clarification of doubts concerning the suitability for use of the vehicle in the assessment bodies for the suitability of the driving force.

6.

Findings which are taken into account in the assessment of the suitability of the vehicle must meet the following requirements:

a)

Findings must be available in the original and signed by the exhibitor;

b)

in so far as it is necessary for the determination of the suitability for the submission of abstinence documents, only supporting documents may be accepted by bodies in which the conditions required by the state of science and technology of the Abstinence control such as appointment, identity control and sampling are ensured; this can be assumed if the funeral survey and evaluation of the findings are responsible for

aa)

a specialist with a medical qualification who is not at the same time a physician who is treating the person concerned,

bb)

a doctor of the health care office or other public administration doctor,

cc)

a doctor with the territorial name "Specialist in legal medicine",

dd)

a doctor with the term "occupational medicine" or the additional name "occupational medicine",

ee)

a doctor in an assessment body for appropriation,

ff)

A doctor/toxicologist in a laboratory accredited for forensic toxicological purposes

was carried out.

Unofficial table of contents

Appendix 5

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2010, 2030-2033; of the individual amendments. Footnote)

PDF document is displayed in your own window PDF document is displayed in your own window PDF document is displayed in your own window PDF document is displayed in your own window Unofficial table of contents

Appendix 6 (to § § 12, 48 (4) and 5) Requirements for vision

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2010, 2034-2044;
with regard to of the individual amendments. Footnote)

1.

Classes A, A1, A2, B, BE, AM, L and T

1.1

See test (§ 12 paragraph 2) The visual test (§ 12 paragraph 2) is passed if the central daily visual acuity with or without visual aids is at least: 0 ,7/0.7. A visual test certificate in accordance with § 12 (3) shall be drawn up via the visual test.

1.2

Ophthalmological examination (§ 12 (5)) If the applicant does not have the vision test, an ophthalmological examination is required. This examination should include, among other things, visual acuity, visual field, twilight or contrast, glare sensitivity, diplopia as well as other disturbances of the visual function, which can call into question safe driving. The following minimum requirements shall be met:

1.2.1

Central daily visual acuity errors must-as far as possible and compatible-be corrected. The following visual acuiation values shall not be undershot:
Visual acuity of the better eye or double-eyed visual acuity: 0.5.

1.2.2

Other visual function field:
Normal field of view of an eye or an equivalent double-eyed field of view with a horizontal diameter of at least 120 degrees, in particular the central visual field must be up to 20 degrees normal. Overall, the visual field of each eye should be tested in at least 100 locations. If there are unclear defects or if there is no doubt that the minimum requirements are met, an inspection on a manual perimeter according to Goldmann with the brand III/4 has to be fulfilled.
On both sides of the eye, eye tremors as well as chords without double vision are allowed in the central field of view in normal head posture. Double-looking outside of a central field of view of 20 degrees in diameter is permissible. If there is sufficient mobility of the functional eye, sufficient mobility is possible.

1.3

The issue of driving licences may be considered in exceptional cases if the requirements for the field of vision or the visual acuity are not met. In these cases, the driver must undergo an ophthalmological assessment to ensure that there are no other disturbances of vision. In this case, contrast vision or twilight vision and glare sensitivity must also be tested and taken into account. In addition, the driver or applicant should successfully complete a practical driving test.

1.4

After the loss of vision in one eye or in the case of new diplopia, an appropriate period of time (at least three months) must be observed, during which the driving of motor vehicles is not permitted. After this, a motor vehicle may only be returned after the examination and consultation of the eye.

1.5

If there is a progressive eye disease, regular ophthalmological examination and consultation is required.

2.

Categories C, C1, CE, C1E, D, D1, DE, D1E and driving licences for the carriage of passengers (§ 12 (6), § 48 (4) (4) and (5) (2)) Applicants for the granting or renewal of the driving licence shall be subject to the following minimum requirements to the vision:

2.1

Examination by an ophthalmologist, a doctor with the term "occupational medicine", a doctor with the additional name "occupational medicine", a doctor at a review site for fitness, a doctor of the health care office or a doctor. The examination must be accompanied by a certificate in accordance with the model of this Appendix.

2.1.1

Central daily visual acuity, subject to compliance with DIN 58220, issue January 1997.Missiles must-as far as possible and compatible-be corrected. The following visual acuity values must not be undershot: visual acuity on each eye 0.8 and on both cases 1 ,0.The correction with glasses of more than plus 8.0 diopters (spherical equivalent) is not allowed; this does not apply to intraocular Lenses or contact lenses.

2.1.2

Other visual functional colours (tested with a suitable test, such as panels according to Ishihara or Velhagen). Normal field of view, tested with an automatic hemispherical perimeter, which with a supersonic test method is the Field of view up to 70 degrees on both sides and up to 30 degrees upwards and below. Overall, the visual field of each eye should be tested in at least 100 locations. Alternatively, a test with a manual perimeter according to Goldmann can be carried out with at least four test marks (e.g. B. III/4, I/4, I/2 and I/1) each at at least twelve locations per test mark. Stereotypes, tested with a suitable test (e.g. B. Random-Dot Tests). Sufficient contrast or twilight inspection, tested with a standardized recognized test procedure.

2.2

Ophthalmological examination The conditions for the examination referred to in point 2.1 shall not be determined without any doubt, in addition an ophthalmological examination is required. If only the requirements for normal colour vision are not required , an additional ophthalmological examination shall be taken into account if the colour vision has already been the subject of an earlier ophthalmological examination, and in this case the requirements for non-normal colour vision according to points 2.2.2 and 2.2.3 . The examination required by the first sentence of the first sentence shall be: To produce a certificate in accordance with the model of this Appendix. The following minimum requirements shall be met:

2.2.1

Central daily visual acuity errors must-as far as possible and compatible-be corrected. The following visual acuity values must not be undershot: visual acuity of the better eye or double-eyed visual acuity: 0.8, visual acuity of the worse eye: 0 ,5.If these values are only achieved with correction, the visual acuity shall not be corrected. no eye less than 0.05. The correction with glasses of more than plus 8.0 diopters (spherical equivalent) is not allowed; this does not apply to intraocular lenses or contact lenses. In individual cases, taking into account Driving experience and vehicle use of the Visus of the worse eye for the classes C, CE, C1, C1E less than 0.5, a value of 0.1 must not be undershot. An ophthalmological opinion is required in these cases.

2.2.2

Other visual function field:
Normal visual field of both eyes, at least normal binocular field of view with a horizontal diameter of at least 140 degrees, in particular the central visual field must be up to 30 degrees normal. Overall, the visual field of each eye should be tested in at least 100 locations. If there are unclear defects, or if there is no doubt that the minimum requirements are met, an inspection on a manual perimeter according to Goldmann with the brand III/4 has to be fulfilled.
Exclusion in the case of double-sighted viewing in the field of use (d. h. 25 degree view, 30 degrees right-and left-view, 40 degrees view). Exclusion at play without a constant binocular single sehen.Farbenseeing:
Colour vision: In the case of red blindness or red-shaking with an anomalous quotient of less than 0.5, an explanation of the person concerned about the possible endangerment is required. Contrast or twilight, glare sensitivity:
Sufficient contrast or twilight inspection tested with a standardized recognized test procedure including examination of the glare sensitivity.

2.2.3

Special scheme for holders of driving licences granted up to 31 December 1998 shall be subject to the following requirements for holders of a driving licence issued up to 31 December 1998 (all of these requirements shall apply to all licences issued by 31 December 1998). Paragraphs without the law of the law such as those of the road traffic permit order in the version valid until 31 December 1998) :Minimum requirements for the central daily visual acuity and the other visual functions (Section 9a (5))

2.2.3.1

Minimum requirements for the central daily visual acuity

2.2.3.1.1

If the central daily visual acuity is below 1 ,0/1.0, it must be approximated by visual aids as far as possible to the sight of the normal-sighted person.

2.2.3.1.2

For holders of a driving licence, the following minimum values are sufficient for the central daily visual acuity if it is established that the perceptual capacity of the person concerned, despite the reduced vision, still remains for the safe driving of a motor vehicle of the class/type is sufficient: ²⁾

In the case of driving licence holders of classes 1, 1a, 1b, 3, 4, 5 Class 2 Driving licence to Passenger transport

In the case of dual-frequency	0 ,4/0, 2	0 ,7/0, 2 2 )	0 ,7/0, 5 3)
On account 1)	0.6	0.7	0.7 3 )

1)

The person who has a visual acuity of less than 0.2 shall also be considered to be one-eyed.

2)

Evidence of sufficient perceptual assets already required in the case of visual acuity below 0.5 on the worse eye.

3)

Visual acuity less than 0.5 on the worse eye or on the one hand only if the driving licence is restricted to the carriage of passengers on a taxi and a rental car.

2.2.3.2

Minimum requirements for other visual functions

2.2.3.2.1

In the case of holders of Classes 1, 1a, 1b, 3, 4, 5 Class 2, driving licence on passenger transport

Field of view	normal field of view of an eye or equivalent double-eyed field of view	normal facial fields of both Eyes 1)
Mobility	In the case of bilateral contact: Eye tremors as well as safety and paralytic games without double vision in the central field of view in head straight line permissible. In the case of eye tremors, the recognition time for each visual sign shall not exceed one second . In the event of one-off: Normal eye mobility, no eye tremors.	Normal mobility of both Eyes 1 ); time-wise Illegal
Stereotype	no requirements	normal stereotype 2)
Colorful	no requirements	Red blindness or sleeving with an anomalous quotient less than 0.5 -in the case of driving licences for the carriage of passengers: inadmissible -in class 2: Clarification of the person concerned about the potential danger due to the disturbance of the colour vision

1)

The minimum requirements for categories 1, 1a, 1b, 3, 4, 5 shall apply where the classification is admissible.

2)

In case of acceptable inability: no requirements.

2.2.3.2.2

If an ophthalmological examination is taking place due to doubts about sufficient vision, the examination should also include the twilight visual acuity and the sensitivity to glare. If deficiencies are found, the person concerned must be informed of the dangers of reduced visual acuity and increased sensitivity to glare when driving at dusk and at night.

2.3

After a new relevant limitation of vision, a suitable adaptation period must be observed, during which the driving of motor vehicles is not permitted. After this, a motor vehicle may only be returned after the examination and consultation of the eye.

2.4

If there is a progressive eye disease, regular ophthalmological examination and consultation is required.

3

(dropped)

Sample certificate of medical examination
(Annex 6, point 2.1 of the driving licence regulation) of applicants for the granting or renewal of a driving licence of categories C, C1, CE, C1E, D, D1, DE, D1E or the driving licence for the carriage of passengers for taxis, rental cars, ambulances, or Passenger cars on scheduled services or on commercial day trips or holiday destinations-Travel in accordance with § 12 (6) and § 48 (4) (4) and (5) (2) of the driving licence regulation

-Front side-

Part 1 (remains with the doctor)

1.

Information about the doctor name, specialist name, if necessary Area-or additional name of the physician, if necessary Indication of activity at an assessment body for the suitability of the vehicle or on the position as a doctor of the public administration, address

2.

Staff of the applicant

Family name, first name: ..........

Day of birth: ..........

Place of birth: ..........

Place of residence: ..........

Street/House number: ..........

3.

Investigation findings of ..........

Central daily visual acuity according to DIN 58220 ..........

Colorful ..........

Field of vision ..........

Stereotype ..........

Contrast-or twilight-see ..........

On the basis of the above investigation, the requirements laid down in Annex 6, point 2.1 of the Driving Licence Regulation have been met, without any vision aid.
□ reached, with visual aid
□ An additional examination according to Appendix 6, point 2.2 of the driving licence regulation is required:

□ Yes

□ No

-rear side-

(dropped)



Sample certificate of medical examination
(Annex 6, point 2.1 of the Driving Licence Regulation)

of applicants for the granting or renewal of a driving licence of categories C, C1, CE, C1E, D, D1, DE, D1E or the driving licence for the carriage of passengers, hire cars, ambulances or passenger cars on scheduled services or in the case of commercial excursions or holiday destination-travel in accordance with § 12 (6) and 48 (4) (4) and (5) (2) of the driving licence-regulation part 2 (to be handed out to the applicant) name of the doctor, specialist title, if applicable Area-or additional name of the physician, if necessary Indication of activity at an assessment body for the suitability of the vehicle or on the position as a doctor of the public administration, address

Family name, first name of the applicant: ..........

Day of birth: ..........

Place of birth: ..........

Place of residence: ..........

Street/House number: ..........

Identity card number: ..........

Investigation findings of .......... about

-Central daily visual acuity acc. to DIN 58220

-Colorful

-Contrast or twilight

-Field of vision

-Stereotypes

On the basis of the findings I have received in accordance with Part 1, the requirement □ requested in Annex 6, point 2.1 of the Driving Licence Regulation was reached, without visual aid
□ reached, with visual aid
□ An additional examination according to Appendix 6, point 2.2 of the driving licence regulation is required:

□ Yes

□ No

The certificate is valid for two years. The identity of the examiner has been verified.

.........., the

.......... Stamp and signature of the doctor with the above-mentioned professional information

Sample certificate of ophthalmological examination
(Annex 6, point 2.2 of the driving licence regulation)

of applicants for the granting or renewal of a driving licence of categories C, C1, CE, C1E, D, D1, DE, D1E or the driving licence for the carriage of passengers, hire cars, ambulances or passenger cars on scheduled services or in the case of Commercial excursion or holiday destination-Travel in accordance with § 12 (6) and § 48 (4) (4) and (5) (2) of the driving licence-Regulation

-Front side-

Part 1 (remains with the doctor)

1.

Name and address of the ophthalmologist

2.

Staff of the applicant

Family name, first name: ..........

Day of birth: ..........

Place of birth: ..........

Place of residence: ..........

Street/House number: ..........

3.

Investigation findings of ..........

Central daily visual acuity according to DIN 58220 ..........

Colorful ..........

Field of vision ..........

Stereotype ..........

Contrast-or twilight-see ..........

On the basis of the above-mentioned investigation, the requirements of Annex 6, point 2.2 of the driving licence regulation
□ reached, without visual aid
□ reached, with visual aid
□ Non-compliance/Restrictions required:
□ No
□ Yes

-rear side-

(dropped)



Sample certificate of ophthalmological examination
(Annex 6, point 2.2 of the driving licence regulation)

of applicants for the granting or renewal of a driving licence of categories C, C1, CE, C1E, D, D1, DE, D1E or the driving licence for the carriage of passengers, hire cars, ambulances or passenger cars on scheduled services or in the case of commercial excursions or holiday destination-trips according to § 12 (6) and 48 (4) (4) and (5) (2) of the driving licence-Regulation (2) (to be handed out to the applicant) Name of the ophthalmologist, address

Family name, first name of the applicant: ..........

Day of birth: ..........

Place of birth: ..........

Place of residence: ..........

Street/House number: ..........

Identity card number: ..........

Investigation findings of .......... about

-Central daily visual acuity acc. to DIN 58220

-Colorful

-Field of vision

-Stereotypes

-Contrast or twilight

On the basis of the findings I have received in accordance with Part 1, the requirements set out in Annex 6, point 2.2 of the Driving Licence Regulation
□ reached, without visual aid
□ reached, with visual aid
□ Non-compliance/Restrictions required
□ No
□ yes, the certificate is 2 years valid. The identity of the examiner has been verified.

.........., the

.......... Stamp and signature of the ophthalmologist

1)

The person who has a visual acuity of less than 0.2 shall also be considered to be one-eyed.

2)

In the case of applicants for a Class 5 driving licence, a visual acuity of 0.3 is sufficient on the better eye if the driving licence is restricted to nurseries; footnote 3 shall apply accordingly.

3)

A visual acuity of 0.5 on the better eye is sufficient only if it is established that the perceptual ability of the applicant, despite reduced vision, is still sufficient for the safe guidance of a motor vehicle of the requested class.

1)

see footnote 1 at 2.1.2

2)

Evidence of sufficient perceptual assets already required in the case of visual acuity below 0.5 on the worse eye.

3)

Visual acuity less than 0.5 on the worse eye or on the one hand only if the driving licence is restricted to the carriage of passengers on a taxi and a rental car.

1)

The minimum requirements for categories 1, 1a, 1b, 3, 4, 5 shall apply where the classification is admissible.

2)

In case of acceptable inability: no requirements.

1)

The person who has a visual acuity of less than 0.2 shall also be considered to be one-eyed.

2)

In the case of applicants for a Class 5 driving licence, a visual acuity of 0.3 is sufficient on the better eye if the driving licence is restricted to nurseries; footnote 3 shall apply accordingly.

3)

A visual acuity of 0.5 on the better eye is sufficient only if it is established that the perceptual ability of the applicant, despite reduced vision, is still sufficient for the safe guidance of a motor vehicle of the requested class.

1)

see footnote 1 at 2.1.2

2)

Evidence of sufficient perceptual assets already required in the case of visual acuity below 0.5 on the worse eye.

3)

Visual acuity less than 0.5 on the worse eye or on the one hand only if the driving licence is restricted to the carriage of passengers on a taxi and a rental car.

1)

The minimum requirements for categories 1, 1a, 1b, 3, 4, 5 shall apply where the classification is admissible.

2)

In case of acceptable inability: no requirements.

1)

The person who has a visual acuity of less than 0.2 shall also be considered to be one-eyed.

2)

In the case of applicants for a Class 5 driving licence, a visual acuity of 0.3 is sufficient on the better eye if the driving licence is restricted to nurseries; footnote 3 shall apply accordingly.

3)

A visual acuity of 0.5 on the better eye is sufficient only if it is established that the perceptual ability of the applicant, despite reduced vision, is still sufficient for the safe guidance of a motor vehicle of the requested class.

1)

see footnote 1 at 2.1.2

2)

Evidence of sufficient perceptual assets already required in the case of visual acuity below 0.5 on the worse eye.

3)

Visual acuity less than 0.5 on the worse eye or on the one hand only if the driving licence is restricted to the carriage of passengers on a taxi and a rental car.

1)

The minimum requirements for categories 1, 1a, 1b, 3, 4, 5 shall apply where the classification is admissible.

2)

In case of acceptable inability: no requirements.

*)

This Regulation provides for the implementation of Directive 2006 /126/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 December 2006 on driving licences (OJ L 327, 30.12.2006, p. 18) and Commission Directive 2011 /94/EU of 28 November 2011 amending Directive 2006 /126/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on driving licences (OJ L 327, 30.12.2011, p. OJ L 314, 29.11.2011, p.31).

1)

The person who has a visual acuity of less than 0.2 shall also be considered to be one-eyed.

2)

In the case of applicants for a Class 5 driving licence, a visual acuity of 0.3 is sufficient on the better eye if the driving licence is restricted to nurseries; footnote 3 shall apply accordingly.

3)

A visual acuity of 0.5 on the better eye is sufficient only if it is established that the perceptual ability of the applicant, despite reduced vision, is still sufficient for the safe guidance of a motor vehicle of the requested class.

1)

see footnote 1 at 2.1.2

2)

Evidence of sufficient perceptual assets already required in the case of visual acuity below 0.5 on the worse eye.

3)

Visual acuity less than 0.5 on the worse eye or on the one hand only if the driving licence is restricted to the carriage of passengers on a taxi and a rental car.

1)

The minimum requirements for categories 1, 1a, 1b, 3, 4, 5 shall apply where the classification is admissible.

2)

In case of acceptable inability: no requirements.

1)

The person who has a visual acuity of less than 0.2 shall also be considered to be one-eyed.

2)

In the case of applicants for a Class 5 driving licence, a visual acuity of 0.3 is sufficient on the better eye if the driving licence is restricted to nurseries; footnote 3 shall apply accordingly.

3)

A visual acuity of 0.5 on the better eye is sufficient only if it is established that the perceptual ability of the applicant, despite reduced vision, is still sufficient for the safe guidance of a motor vehicle of the requested class.

1)

see footnote 1 at 2.1.2

2)

Evidence of sufficient perceptual assets already required in the case of visual acuity below 0.5 on the worse eye.

3)

Visual acuity less than 0.5 on the worse eye or on the one hand only if the driving licence is restricted to the carriage of passengers on a taxi and a rental car.

1)

The minimum requirements for categories 1, 1a, 1b, 3, 4, 5 shall apply where the classification is admissible.

2)

In case of acceptable inability: no requirements.

Unofficial table of contents

Annex 7 (to § 16 (2), § 17 (2) and (3))
Driving licence examination

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2013, 46-57)

1.

Theoretical examination

1.1

The subject-matter of the examination shall be knowledge of the subject areas listed in Annex II, Section A, points 2 to 4 of Directive 2006 /126/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 December 2006 on driving licences (OJ L 376, 27.12.2006, p. 18), as amended by Commission Directive 2009 /113/EC of 25 August 2009 (OJ L 327, 30.12.2009, p. 31) and in the following areas:

Lfd. Nr.Sachgebiet

1	Hazard
1.1	Basic forms of transport behaviour Defensive driving style, disability, endangering
1.2	Behaviour towards pedestrians Children, older people, disabled people, pedestrians in general
1.3	Road and weather conditions
1.4	Darkness and poor visibility
1.5	Speed
1.6	Overtaking
1.7	Special traffic situations Starting, flowing and sustained traffic, car and two-wheelers, game, tunnel rides
1.8	Motorway
1.9	Alcohol, drugs, medicines
1.10	fatigue, distraction
1.11	Affective-emotional behaviour in road traffic
2	Behaviour in road transport
2.1	Basic rules on behaviour in road transport
2.2	Road use
2.3	Speed
2.4	Distance
2.5	Overtaking
2.6	Passing by
2.7	Use of drivages by motor vehicles
2.8	Turn, turn and reverse drive
2.9	Driving in and starting
2.10	Special transport facilities
2.11	Holding and parking
2.12	Facilities for monitoring parking time
2.13	Duty of care
2.14	Rolling stock and towing vehicles
2.15	Warning sign
2.16	Lighting
2.17	Motorways and motorways
2.18	Railway crossings
2.19	Public transport and school buses
2.20	Passenger transport
2.21	Load
2.22	Other duties of the driver
2.23	Behaviour on pedestrian crossings and against pedestrians
2.24	Excessive road use
2.25	Sunday driving ban
2.26	Barriers to traffic
2.27	Accident
2.28	Signs and instructions of the police officers
2.29	Alternating light signs and permanent light signs
2.30	Blue flashing light and yellow flashing light
3	Advance, priority
4	Traffic signs
4.1	Danger signs
4.2	Pre-written characters
4.3	Direction Character
4.4	Transport Facilities
5	Environmental protection
6	Provisions relating to the operation of vehicles
6.1	Investigation of vehicles
6.2	Admission to road transport, vehicle documents, driving licence
6.3	Trailer Operation
6.4	Lenk and rest periods
6.5	EC recording equipment
6.6	Dimensions and weights
6.7	Reading a road map and route planning
7	Technology
7.1	Driving operation, driving physics, driving technology
7.2	Defect detection, localization of faults
7.3	Combustion engine, liquids, fuel system, electrical system, ignition, power transmission
7.4	Lubricants and antifreeze
7.5	Use and maintenance of tyres
7.6	Braking systems and speed controls
7.7	Trailer coupling systems
7.8	Maintenance of motor vehicles and timely instigation of repairs
7.9	Receipt, transport and delivery of the goods
7.10	Equipment for vehicles
8	Suitability and empowerment of drivers

The test material forms the basis for the questionnaire. The questionnaire will be published by the Federal Ministry of Transport and Digital Infrastructure in consultation with the competent national authorities in the current version in the traffic bulletin or in the case of questions with moving situation representations in the Federal Gazette made known.

1.2

Form and scope of the examination, compilation of questions, evaluation of the examination

1.2.1

General Review contains questions from the basic substance and the supplementary substance of the questionnaire. The basic substance contains the test material applicable to all classes, the additive is the substance which results from the particular requirements of the respective class. In the case of a test for several classes, the basic substance is tested only once. In the case of the examination for the extension of a driver's licence, the basic substance shall be re-examined in reduced scope.

1.2.2

Questions and compilation of questions The questions will be evaluated according to their content and their importance for transport safety, environmental protection and energy saving with two to five points. The weight is given in the questionnaire for each question. The number of questions per class, the number of points and the number of error points can be obtained from the following tables:




Class number of Question sum of Punctuated Error points

A	30	110	10 1
A1	30	110	10 1
A2	30	110	10 1
B	30	110	10 1
AM	30	110	10 1
L	30	110	10 1
T	30	110	10 1
Mofa	20	69	7

1

Unless two questions with severity 5 are answered incorrectly. For details see Annex 1, points 3.2.1, 3.6, 3.7.1 and 3.7.2 to the Examination Directive.

Enlargement


Class number of Question sum of Punctuated Error points

A	20	72	6
A1	20	72	6
A2	20	72	6
B	20	72	6
AM	20	72	6
L	20	72	6
T	20	72	6
C	37	128	10 1
CE	30	105	10 1
C1	30	105	10 1
D	40	138	10 1
D1	35	121	10 1

1

Unless two questions with severity 5 are answered incorrectly. For details see Annex 1, points 3.2.2 to 3.5, 3.7.1 and 3.7.2 to the Examination Directive.

Further details of the theoretical examination result from the Examination Directive, which is published by the Federal Ministry of Transport and Digital Infrastructure in consultation with the competent supreme federal authorities in the respective version in force. Traffic sheet is made known.

1.2.3

Evaluation of the examination The theoretical test has not been passed if the number of permissible error points listed in the number 1.2.2 for each class has been exceeded or two questions with valency 5 have been answered incorrectly sind.An unpassed theoretical examination is to be repeated in its entirety.

1.3

Implementation of the examination The theoretical test is to be written in German and is done on the basis of questions. For applicants who cannot read or write enough, there is the possibility of audio support in German on request via headphones. Proof must be given to the driving licence authority, in particular by means of a certificate issued by a doctor or by the school. In case of a hearing loss, a deaf interpreter is to be assigned. By way of derogation from the first sentence, the examination may also be taken in the following foreign languages:

a)

English,

b)

French,

c)

Greek,

d)

Italian,

e)

Polish,

f)

Portuguese,

g)

Romanian,

h)

Russian,

i)

Croatian,

j)

Spanish,

k)

Turkish.

1.4

(dropped)

2.

Practical examination

2.1

Examination material The examination consists of the following:

2.1.1

Driving technical preparation of the journey

2.1.2

Departure control (classes C, C1, D, D1 and T only). Handyweights (only for categories D and D1).

2.1.3

Connection and disconnection of vehicles (only for categories BE, CE, C1E, DE, D1E and T).

2.1.4

Basic tasks

2.1.4.1

For two-wheelers

2.1.4.1.1

For classes A, A1 and A2

a)

Mandatory

aa)

Driving a slalom with step speed,

bb)

Braking with the highest possible delay,

cc)

Escape without braking,

dd)

Soften after braking,

b)

Alternatively, where one task is to be selected from the double letters aa and bb:

aa)

Slalom or Langer Slalom,

bb)

Go straight ahead with step speed, stop and go or roundtrip.

Sum of the basic driving tasks to be carried out: six. In the case of progressive access and in each case two years of pre-possession from A1 to A2 and A2 to A, the alternative tasks are eliminated. Sum of the basic driving tasks to be carried out: four.

2.1.4.1.2

At AM Class

a)

Mandatory

aa)

Slalom,

bb)

Braking with the highest possible delay,

b)

Alternatively, where one task is to be selected from the double letters aa and bb:

aa)

Escape without braking or evissing after braking,

bb)

Go straight ahead with step speed, stop and go or roundtrip.

Sum of the basic driving tasks to be carried out: four.

2.1.4.2

For class B

a)

Mandatory braking with the highest possible delay,

b)

Alternatively, where a task needs to be checked:

aa)

Travel backwards to the right, taking advantage of an injunction, crossing or retraction in a parking space (longitudinal position),

bb)

Reverse-enoder entry into a parking space (transverse or inclined position).

Sum of the basic driving tasks to be carried out: three.

2.1.4.3

For categories C1, C, D1, D

a)

Mandatory, where a task must be checked:

aa)

Reverse and move to the right of a ramp for loading or unloading (class C, C1 only), or

bb)

Hold on or off (Class D, D1 only),

b)

Alternatively, where a task needs to be checked:

aa)

Travel to the right, taking advantage of an injunction, crossing or driveway,

bb)

Reverse drive into a parking space (longitudinal position) or

cc)

Park backwards transversely or diagonally.

Sum of the basic driving tasks to be carried out: two.

2.1.4.4

For classes BE, C1E, DE, and D1E

-

Reverse drive around a corner to the left,

in addition to class C1E

-

Reverse drive straight on to a ramp for loading or unloading.

Sum of the basic driving tasks to be used in class C1E: two.sum of the basic driving tasks to be carried out in classes BE, DE and D1E: one.

2.1.4.5

At the CE class

2.1.4.5.1

Link trains (no combinations with Starrdeichselringger)

a)

Reverse to the left through reverse drive,

b)

Reverse drive straight on to a ramp for loading or unloading.

Sum of the basic driving tasks to be carried out: two.

2.1.4.5.2

Semi-trailer trucks and articulated trains with Starrdeichselringger

a)

Reverse drive around a corner to the left,

b)

Reverse drive and move to the right to a ramp for loading or unloading.

Sum of the basic driving tasks to be carried out: two.

2.1.4.6

In the TReverse class, straight ahead. Sum of the basic driving tasks to be used: one.

2.1.5

The applicants must be able to carry the vehicle safely and safely even in difficult traffic conditions. Its driving style is to be defensive, considerate, forward-looking and adapted to the respective traffic flow. In addition, it should also show that it has sufficient knowledge of the statutory provisions governing the driving of a motor vehicle and of an environmentally responsible and energy-saving mode of driving, that it understands them, and that it has the necessary knowledge of the The dangers of road traffic and the behaviour necessary to prevent them from being carried out are familiar. In particular, the following points are suitable for correct behaviour, handling and/or handling. Design to be respected:

a)

Technical preparation,

b)

steering wheel posture,

c)

Behavior when driving,

d)

change of gear,

e)

Slope and slope,

f)

automatic power transmission,

g)

Traffic monitoring and observance of traffic signs and facilities,

h)

speed,

i)

Keep distance from the vehicle ahead,

j)

Overtaking and forgetting,

k)

Behaviour at intersections, inlets, roundabouts and railway crossings,

l)

Turn and lane change,

m)

behaviour towards pedestrians as well as on tram and bus stops,

n)

Driving outside closed areas and

o)

the driving technical completion of the journey.

2.2

Test vehicles For categories B, C1, C, D1 and D, only leftist vehicles are adamant. The test vehicles used are:

2.2.1

For class A:motorcycles without a class A

a)

Engine power at least 50 kW and

b)

Cubic capacity at least 600 cm ³ , whereby a minimum stroke of the minimum stroke is 5 cm ³ ,

c)

empty mass of not less than 180 kg, whereby an underwriting of 5 kg is permitted,

d)

With electric motor ratio power/unladen mass at least 0.25 kW/kg.

2.2.2

For category A2: motorcycles without a class A2 side-carriage

a)

Motor power at least 20 kW, but not more than 35 kW,

b)

Power/unladen mass ratio of not more than 0.2 kW/kg,

c)

With internal combustion engine Hubraum at least 400 cm ³ , whereby a minimum stroke of the minimum stroke is 5 cm ³ , and

d)

With electric motor: ratio of power/unladen mass at least 0.15 kW/kg.

2.2.3

For class A1: motorcycles of class A1 without side cars

a)

Motor power up to 11 kW,

b)

ratio of power to unladen mass of not more than 0.1 kW/kg,

c)

a maximum speed of not less than 90 km/h,

d)

With internal combustion engine Hubraum at least 120 cm ³ , whereby the underwriting of the displacement by 5 cm ³ ,

e)

With electric motor ratio power/empty mass at least 0.08 kW/kg.

2.2.4

For class B:passenger cars

a)

a maximum speed of at least 130 km/h,

b)

at least four seats and

c)

at least two doors on the right side.

2.2.5

For class BE:vehicle combinations consisting of a class B test vehicle and a trailer according to § 30a (2) sentence 1 StVZO with more than 4 250 kg, which are not to be attributed to class B as a combination,

a)

the length of the vehicle combination shall be at least 7.5 m,

b)

the maximum authorised mass of the trailer at least 1 300 kg,

c)

the actual total mass of the trailer at least 800 kg,

d)

Structure of the trailer box-like or comparable, width and height at least as the towing vehicle, and

e)

View to the back only over the outside mirrors.

2.2.6

For class C: vehicles of class C

a)

Minimum length 8 m,

b)

Minimum width 2.4 m,

c)

the maximum authorised mass of at least 12 000 kg,

d)

the actual total mass of at least 10 000 kg,

e)

at a maximum speed of at least 80 km/h,

f)

with anti-lock braking system (ABS),

g)

with EC recording equipment,

h)

Body-shaped or comparable, at least as wide and as high as the cab, and

i)

View to the back only by outside mirrors.

2.2.7

For class CE:

a)

Combinations of vehicles consisting of a class C test vehicle with a self-acting clutch and a trailer with its own steering system or with a tandem axle trailer with a tandem/double axle trailer

aa)

Length of the vehicle combination at least 14 m,

bb)

the maximum authorised mass of the vehicle combination shall be at least 20 000 kg,

cc)

the actual total mass of the combination of vehicles at least 15 000 kg,

dd)

Two-line braking system,

ee)

the maximum speed of the vehicle combination, at a maximum speed of 80 km/h,

ff)

Pendant with anti-lock system (ABS),

gg)

the length of the trailer at least 7.5 m,

hh)

Minimum width of the trailer 2.4 m,

ii)

the structure of the trailer box-shaped or comparable, at least as wide and as high as the tractor cab of the towing vehicle; and

jj)

View to the rear only by outside mirrors

or

b)

Articulated vehicles

aa)

Length at least 14 m,

bb)

Minimum width of the tractor and the semi-trailer, 2.4 m,

cc)

the maximum authorised mass shall be at least 20 000 kg,

dd)

the actual total mass of at least 15 000 kg;

ee)

at a maximum speed of at least 80 km/h,

ff)

Semi-trailer tractor and semi-trailer with anti-lock braking system (ABS),

gg)

with EC recording equipment,

hh)

Body-shaped or comparable, at least as wide and as high as the cab, and

ii)

View to the back only by outside mirrors.

2.2.8

For class C1: Vehicles of class C1

a)

Length at least 5 m,

b)

the maximum authorised mass of at least 5 500 kg,

c)

at a maximum speed of at least 80 km/h,

d)

with anti-lock braking system (ABS),

e)

with EC recording equipment,

f)

Body-shaped or comparable, at least as wide and as high as the cab, and

g)

View to the back only by outside mirrors.

2.2.9

For class C1E:combinations of vehicles, consisting of a class C1 test vehicle and a trailer

a)

Length of the vehicle combination at least 9 m,

b)

the maximum speed of the vehicle combination, at a maximum speed of 80 km/h,

c)

the maximum authorised mass of the trailer at least 1 300 kg,

d)

the actual total mass of the trailer at least 800 kg,

e)

trailers with their own braking system,

f)

the structure of the trailer box-like or comparable, at least as high and as wide as the cab of the towing vehicle (the structure may be slightly less wide); and

g)

View to the back only by outside mirrors.

2.2.10

For class D: Class D vehicles

a)

Length at least 10 m,

b)

Minimum width 2.4 m,

c)

at a maximum speed of at least 80 km/h,

d)

with anti-lock braking system (ABS) and

e)

with EC recording equipment.

2.2.11

For class DE:vehicle combinations consisting of a class D test vehicle and a trailer

a)

Length of the vehicle combination at least 13.5 m,

b)

Minimum width of the trailer 2.4 m,

c)

the maximum speed of the vehicle combination, at a maximum speed of 80 km/h,

d)

the maximum authorised mass of the trailer at least 1 300 kg,

e)

the actual total mass of the trailer at least 800 kg,

f)

trailers with their own braking system,

g)

Structure of the trailer box-shaped or comparable, at least 2 m wide and high, and

h)

View to the back only by outside mirrors.

2.2.12

For category D1: Vehicles of category D1

a)

Length at least 5 m, maximum length 8 m,

b)

at a maximum speed of at least 80 km/h,

c)

the maximum authorised mass of at least 4 000 kg,

d)

with anti-lock braking system (ABS) and

e)

with EC recording equipment.

2.2.13

For class D1E:combinations of vehicles, consisting of a class D1 test vehicle and a trailer

a)

the length of the vehicle combination shall be at least 8.5 m,

b)

the maximum speed of the vehicle combination, at a maximum speed of 80 km/h,

c)

the maximum authorised mass of the trailer at least 1 300 kg,

d)

the actual total mass of the trailer at least 800 kg,

e)

trailers with their own braking system,

f)

Structure of the trailer box-shaped or comparable, at least 2 m wide and high, and

g)

View to the back only by outside mirrors.

2.2.14

For class AM:Two-wheeled mopeds or bicycles with auxiliary motor, with a maximum speed of at least 40 km/h, determined by the design.

2.2.15

For class T:vehicle combinations consisting of a tractor of class T and a trailer

a)

the maximum speed of the tractor, which is determined by the design, more than 32 km/h,

b)

Maximum speed of the vehicle combination more than 32 km/h,

c)

Two-line braking system,

d)

Trailer with at least closed loading area (chassis not allowed without closed ground),

e)

the length of the trailer when using a Stark oak trailer at least 4,5 m and

f)

Length of the vehicle combination at least 7.5 m.

2.2.16

Further requirements for test vehicles: The distance between the front bumper and the rear boundary of the vehicle is to be understood as the length of the vehicle. Not to the length of the vehicle are attachments such as winches, water pumps, shunting clutches, additionally attached bumper horns, hitches, ski carriers or similar parts and oriences. The test vehicles must have sufficient seats for provide the officially recognised expert or auditor for the circulation of motor vehicles, the driving instructor and the applicant; this does not apply to vehicles of categories A, A1, A2, AM and T. It must be ensured that the officially recognised Experts or examiners all important for the conduct of the practical test During the examination on test vehicles of categories A, A1, A2, AM and T, a radio system must be available which at least allows the applicant to be contacted during the examination procedure (one-sided management radio). This does not apply to test vehicles of category T where there are suitable places for the officially recognised expert or examiner and the driving instructor. Class B, C, C1, D and D1 test vehicles must be equipped with acoustical or optically controllable devices for the operation of the pedals (double controls). Class B test vehicles must also be fitted with an additional inside mirror and two right exterior mirrors, if necessary in integrated form, or an equivalent outside mirror The test vehicles of categories BE, C, C1, D and D1 must each be fitted with an additional right and left exterior rear-view mirror, provided that the mirrors do not provide the driver with sufficient visibility to the rear of the driving instructor.

2.2.17

The marking of the motor vehicles used for test drives as school vehicles (§ 5 (4) of the Implementing Regulation to the Road Teachers Act of 19 June 2012 (BGBl. I p. 1346) must be removed. All equipment and systems available to the vehicle manufacturer are accepted in principle, taking into account Annex 12 of the Examination Directive. This also applies to the subsequent installation of identical or similar products.

2.2.18

For tests of categories A, A1, A2 and AM, the applicant must have suitable motorcycle protection clothing, consisting of a suitable motorcycle helmet, motorbike gloves, a closely adjacent motorcycle jacket, a back protector (if not in motorcycle jacket integrated), a motorcycle trousers and motorcycle boots with sufficient ankle protection.
Only vehicles for which a helmet-bearing light is used may be used.

2.2.19

Test vehicles for applicants with physical disabilities
If, on the basis of a physical handicap, the driving licence is to be granted only for certain types of vehicles or only for adapted vehicles, the test shall be carried out in the light of the essential requirements of such a vehicle ,

2.2.20

Transitional provisions The rules on the actual total mass shall be as from 1. October 2004. Test vehicles which comply with the requirements of this Annex in the version valid up to 1 July 2004 may be used until 30 September 2013. Test vehicles which comply with the requirements of this Annex in the version valid from 2 July 2004 to the expiry of 18 January 2013 may be used until 18 January 2017, subject to the provisions of point 2.2.1. Test vehicles for category A with limitation of performance, which comply with the requirements of this Appendix in the version valid from 2 July 2004 to the end of 18 January 2013, may be used for examinations of the class up to the end of 18 January 2017 A2 are used. Test vehicles for category A with an empty mass of less than 180 kg and an engine power of at least 44 kW may be used until 31 December 2018.

2.3

Duration of examination and minimum driving time The duration of the examination and the pure driving time ¹ is at least

¹ Duration of the duration of the duration of the examination

Class A	60 minutes	25 minutes
	40 minutes ascent 2	25 minutes
Class A2	60 minutes direct entry	25 minutes
	40 minutes ascent 2	25 minutes
Class A1	45 minutes	25 minutes
Class B	45 minutes	25 minutes
Class BE	45 minutes	25 minutes
Class C	75 minutes	45 minutes
Class CE	75 minutes	45 minutes
Class C1	75 minutes	45 minutes
Class C1E	75 minutes	45 minutes
Class D	75 minutes	45 minutes
Class DE	70 minutes	45 minutes
Class D1	75 minutes	45 minutes
Class D1E	70 minutes	45 minutes
Class AM	45 minutes	25 minutes
Class T	60 minutes	30 minutes,

1

Driving time without basic driving tasks, without safety/departure control/hand-held skills, without connection and separation and without preparation and follow-up (e.g. B. Announcement of the result). The pure driving time listed corresponds to EU requirements.

2

Only in the case of extension from category A1 to class A2 and from class A2 to class A (progressive access for two-year pre-estates and extension to next-level class).

if the applicant has not previously shown that he has not been able to meet the requirements of the examination. In the following cases the duration of the practical test shall be reduced by one third:

a)

in the case of the lifting of the restriction of a driving licence to the driving of motor vehicles without a manual transmission (without a clutch pedal or without a clutch lever for vehicles of category A, A1 or A2), or

b)

in the case of extension from category A1 to category A2 and from category A2 to class A (progressive access for two years of pre-owned and extended access to the next higher class).

2.4

Approximately half of the pure driving time is to be carried out for examination routes outside closed localities, including the motorways or motorways with roads for one direction, which are carried out by midstripes or others. construction facilities are separate and have at least two lanes per direction. By way of derogation, examinations for the AM class are to be carried out mainly within closed localities. The test for class T may also be carried out in places which are not the testing requirements in the sense of § 17 (4).

2.5

Assessment of the audit

2.5.1

For the purpose of carrying out the practical test,

a)

the road-technical preparation of the journey (2.1.1), the basic driving tasks (2.1.4) and the test drive (2.1.5),

b)

the control of the departure and the handling of the hand (2.1.2); and

c)

Connecting and disconnecting vehicles (2.1.3)

separate test pieces, each of which is evaluated separately from each other. The test parts already passed are not to be repeated.

2.5.2

Do not pass an audit

a)

significant errors or

b)

the repetition or accumulation of various errors, which as a single error usually do not lead to non-existence.

2.5.3

Behaviour of the driving instructor to deceive the officially recognised expert or examiner, or if the behaviour of the instructor makes the assessment of the applicant in the course of the examination impossible, it is not to be passed end.

2.5.4

Early termination of the examination journey The test drive is to be terminated as soon as it turns out that the applicant does not meet the requirements of the examination.

2.6

Failure to pass the examination If the applicant fails to pass the examination, the expert or examiner shall inform him, at the end of the examination, of the essential errors and shall issue him with an audit record.

2.7

Further details of the practical examination will be laid down in the Examination Directive, which will be published by the Federal Ministry of Transport and Digital Infrastructure in consultation with the competent supreme authorities in the current version in the Traffic sheet is made known.

1

Official note: Following the allocation of Class T only on request, it shall be allocated only to persons active in the agricultural or forestry sector.

Unofficial table of contents

Annex 7a (Article 6a (3) and (4))
Driver training from 17 years

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2011, 19-21)

1.

The general requirement for driving licences with the key number 96 is the successful participation in a driver training of at least seven hours in accordance with Annex V of Directive 2006 /126/EC. The aim of the training is to provide safe, responsible and environmentally conscious driving of a corresponding vehicle combination.

2.

Qualification for the performance of driver training courses The driver's training must be carried out in a driving school, the holder of which is in possession of a driving licence of the class BE in accordance with § 10 (2) of the Fahrlehrergesetz (Fahrlehrergesetz). A driving instructor is entitled to the driver's training if he has the driving licence of the class BE according to § 1 of the Fahrlehrergesetz (Fahrlehrergesetz).

3.

The training material subject to the training shall be the knowledge, skills and behaviour referred to in Annex II (2) and (7) and Annex V to Directive 2006 /126/EC.

3.1

Theoretical training material The scope of the theoretical training comprises at least 2.5 hours. The theoretical training material includes knowledge in the following subject areas of point 2 and Annex V to Directive 2006 /126/EC:

3.1.1

road traffic regulations,

3.1.2

Drivers,

3.1.3

Street,

3.1.4

Other road users,

3.1.5

General provisions and miscellaneous

3.1.6

Precautions when leaving the vehicle,

3.1.7

Mechanical relationships that are important for road safety,

3.1.8

the safety equipment of the vehicles,

3.1.9

Rules for the environmentally friendly use of the vehicle,

3.1.10

vehicle dynamics,

3.1.11

security criteria,

3.1.12

Towing vehicle and trailer (clutch mechanism),

3.1.13

Correct loading and

3.1.14

Safety accessories.

3.2

Practical exercise material The exercises referred to in Annex V to Directive 2006 /126/EC shall be for at least 3.5 hours, which may be carried out both outside the public road space and on public roads. The training may be carried out in a group, where a group may not have more than eight participants, and a training vehicle must be available for up to four participants for the entire duration of the practical exercises. The training in a group must not be carried out on public roads. The exercises are as follows:

3.2.1

Accelerate,

3.2.2

Delay,

3.2.3

Contact

3.2.4

Brakes,

3.2.5

Stopping away,

3.2.6

Lane change,

3.2.7

brakes and evaage,

3.2.8

Significant reduction in speed in the event of a predictable side wind of bridges, woodcutters and overhauls of trucks,

3.2.9

Uncoupling and coupling and

3.2.10

Parking.

3.3

Practical exercises For practical exercises, each participant will be responsible for at least one hour. In the case of public roads, the skills and behaviour shall be demonstrated in accordance with the following subject areas listed in Annex II, point 7 of Directive 2006 /126/EC:

3.3.1

Preparation and control of the vehicle combination used for traffic and operational safety,

3.3.2

Special driving exercises, which are important for road safety of the vehicle combinations referred to in point 1, such as driving backwards along a curve, and

3.3.3

Behaviour on the market, such as Driving on straight roads, driving in curves, approaching crossroads and junctions and crossing them, changing direction including turn left and right, or changing the road, driving up or leaving the road Motorways or similar roads, overtaking or passing by, special parts of the road such as roundabout, railway crossings, tram and bus stops, pedestrian crossings, long climbs or when leaving the vehicle the required Take precautions.

4.

Training vehicle As a training vehicle, a vehicle combination consisting of a motor vehicle of category B with a trailer having a maximum authorised mass of more than 750 kg, the total mass of which is higher than the maximum authorised mass of the vehicle Vehicle combination of 3 500 kg, and with

a)

a minimum length of the vehicle combination of at least 7.5 m,

b)

a structure of the trailer box-shaped or comparable, at least 1.2 m wide and 1,5 m height and

c)

a view to the rear only by outside mirrors

to use. Training vehicles must be equipped with acoustically or optically controllable devices for the operation of the pedals (double operating devices). The vehicle combination must not be assigned to class B. The vehicle combination must not be assigned to class B. You may lead a sign with the inscription "FAHRSCHULE" in accordance with § 5 (4) of the Implementing Regulation to the driving instructing law.

5.

Training course for practical exercises approximately half the driving time of the practical exercises referred to in point 3.3 shall be used for routes outside closed localities, including as far as possible including motorways or motorways of the road. Lanes for a direction which are separated by central strips or other structural devices and which have at least two lanes in each direction are used.

6.

Completion of the training The participant shall demonstrate his ability and behaviour according to Annex 7a during the practical exercises referred to in point 3.3 for the successful participation in the training of the driver. After the completion of the driver's training, the holder of the driving school or the responsible manager shall issue the participant with a certificate in accordance with point 7 on the successful participation.

7.

Pattern of confirmation of successful participation in driver training

Certificate of participation for submission to the driving licence authority
Name, first name
born on the
from the Successfully participated in a driver training (Annex 7a to § 6a (3) and (4) FeV).
Place
Suspended on (date)
(stamp and signature of the driving school owner/ of the holder of the driving licence; or the responsible director/ of the responsible Head		(Signature of the Driver's licence holder/ of the driving licence holder)

Unofficial table of contents

Appendix 8 (to § 25 (1), § 26 (1), § 48 (3))
General driving licence, service licence, driving licence for passenger transport

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2010, 2057-2062;
with regard to of the individual amendments. Footnote)
I. General driving licence

1.

Pre-noticed driving licences are manufactured as plastic cards in accordance with Annex I to Directive 2006 /126/EC and are manufactured centrally on behalf of the driving licence authority by the manufacturer designated and certified by the Federal Motor Services Office. The manufacturer is the Bundesdruckerei GmbH. The production, personalization and delivery of the driving licences is carried out on the basis of a framework agreement between the Kraftfahrt-Bundesamt and the Bundesdruckerei GmbH. More information is provided by administrative regulation. The driving licence consists of two pages.

2.

Description of driving licence

2.1

Page 1 (front page) Page 1 contains:

a)

The term "DRIVING licence" and its repetition in the languages of the Member States of the European Union as a negative pressure on the driving licence.

b)

The inscription "FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY" as well as the sign of the European Union (twelve golden stars in a blue rectangle), into which the nationality sign D is inserted.

c)

The following data on the holder of the driving licence and on his driving licence in accordance with the numbering applied on the driving licence; point 8 (residence) does not exist, since the information provided for in Directive 2006 /126/EC is optional and in the case of German driving licence is not shown:

1.

Name, doctoral degree

2.

First name

3.

Date and place of birth

4a.

Date of issue according to § 24a

4b.

Expiration date of validity

4c.

Name of the issuing authority

5.

The number of the driving licence, which is made up of the authority's key to the driving licence authority, a driving licence number to be issued on a continuous basis, and a check digit and the number of the document to be issued.

6.

Photograph of the holder

7.

Signature of the holder

9.

All, including other enclosed driving licences, which the holder possesses.

2.2

Page 2 (reverse side) page 2 contains:

a)

the following data concerning the licence of the holder in accordance with the numbering applied on the driving licence:

9.

All, including other enclosed driving licences, which the holder possesses. Classes not granted will be devalued by a dash.

10.

The date of issue of the driving licence of the respective driving licence class. The date of grant of one or more driving licence classes may also be entered in box 14, indicating the number 10. In these cases, reference is made to this in column 10 by means of "*)".

11.

The validity date of limited-time driving licence classes.

12.

Restrictions and additional information (including conditions) relating to the driving licence classes issued in encrypted form in accordance with Annex 9. Restrictions and additional information (including conditions), which apply only to a driving licence class, shall be recorded in the line of the respective class. Those that apply to all driving licence classes are shown in the last row of the column.

13.

A field for entries of other Member States after the holder has been resident in that State.

14.

A field for the registration of the granting date of the driver's licence for one or more classes (see Number 10).

b)

The explanatory notes to the contents of boxes 1 to 4c, 5 and 10 to 12.

3.

Model of driving licence (pattern 1)

II. Model of the Bundeswehr's official licence (pattern 2) Colour: light grey; folded three times, width 4 x 74 mm, height 105 mm; type pressure



III. Model of the service licence
the Federal Police and the police (pattern 3) Material: Neobond-200 g/m ²

IV. Model for driving licences for the carriage of passengers (samples 4) Colour: light yellow; width 74 mm, height 105 mm; type pressure;

1.

In place of the deletion of the inaccurate permissions, the correct permissions can be entered alone; then the hint "*) does not apply as appropriate".

2.

Minor deviations from the prescribed pattern are permissible, insofar as special features of the method, in particular the use of machine data processing, require this.

(Front side)	(rear outside)
PDF document is displayed in your own window	PDF document is displayed in your own window
(Left inside)	(Rights on the inside)
PDF document is displayed in your own window	PDF document is displayed in your own window

Unofficial table of contents

Appendix 8a
(on § 22 (4) sentence 7) Transitional law

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2015, 1679-1680)

Model of provisional proof of driving licence (VNF) Preliminary remarks

Color:

pink

Format:

DIN A5

Scope:

1 sheet, one-sided print

Carrier material:

Safety paper with a thickness of 90 g/m ² without optical brighteners

The following counterfeit-aggravating security features are incorporated into the carrier material:

1.

as watermark, the motif "Bundeseagle", which is protected by law for the Bundesdruckerei,

2.

yellow and blue fluorescent melter fibres only visible under UV light,

3.

chemical reagents.

The form shall have a sequential number of forms. Deviations from the following pattern shall be permitted to the extent that special features of the method, in particular the use of machine data processing, require this.

Preliminary proof of driving licence (FeV)				Pre-print numbering
This certificate shall be used in place of the driving licence for the proof of the driving licence in Germany. It is only valid in connection with an official photo ID. When driving motor vehicles, it must be carried and the persons responsible for inspection shall be handed over for inspection at the request of the vehicle.
Signature of the driver's licence holder/holder
This certificate shall be valid until the licence is issued, but not later than the date of validity of the certificate; if the certificate is completed by machine, it shall also be valid without the signature of the issuing authority.
Driving licence number (if available):
Driving licence authority:
Location:
Date of issue:
Issued by the driving licence authority/the officially recognised expert or auditor for motor vehicle traffic * on:
			(Stamp)
(Signature and stamp of the driving licence authority/of the officially recognised expert or examiner for motor vehicle traffic) *
Name, First Name:
born on:			to:
shall be entitled to carry out motor vehicles of the following class/s ** :
Class	Grant Date	Class-related restrictions/conditionals/additional information according to. Appendix 9 FeV
AM
A1
A2
A
B
C1
C
D1
D
BE
C1E
CE
D1E
EN
L
T
General restrictions/deposit/additional information:

*

It is not appropriate to delete it.

**

Classes not granted are devalued by a dash.

Unofficial table of contents

Appendix 8b (to § 48a)

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2015, 1681-1682)

Sample of the certificate of examination for the
"Accompanying driving from 17 years" preliminary remarks

Color:

pink

Format:

DIN A5

Scope:

1 sheet, one-sided print

Carrier material:

Safety paper with a thickness of 90 g/m ² without optical brighteners

The following counterfeit-aggravating security features are incorporated into the carrier material:

1.

as watermark, the motif "Bundeseagle", which is protected by law for the Bundesdruckerei,

2.

yellow and blue fluorescent melter fibres only visible under UV light,

3.

chemical reagents.

The form shall have a sequential number of forms. Deviations from the pattern shall be permitted to the extent that special features of the method, in particular the use of machine data processing, require this.

Examination certificate for the "Accompanied driving from 17 years"				Pre-print numbering
This certificate shall be used in place of the driving licence for the proof of the driving licence in Germany. It is only valid in connection with an official photo ID. When driving motor vehicles, it must be carried and the persons responsible for inspection shall be handed over for inspection at the request of the vehicle.
Signature of the driver's licence holder/holder
This certificate shall be valid until the licence is issued, but not later than the date of validity of the certificate; if the certificate is completed by machine, it shall also be valid without the signature of the issuing authority.
Driving licence number (if available):
Driving licence authority:
Location:
Date of issue:
Issued by the driving licence authority/the officially recognised expert or auditor for motor vehicle traffic * on:
			(Stamp)
(Signature and stamp of the driving licence authority/of the officially recognised expert or examiner for motor vehicle traffic) *

Name, First Name:
born on:			to:
shall be entitled to carry out motor vehicles of the following class/s ** :
Class	Grant Date	Class-related restrictions/conditionals/additional information according to. Appendix 9 FeV
B
BE
B96
AM ***
L* **
General restrictions/deposit/additional information:

*

It is not appropriate to delete it.

**

Classes not granted are devalued by a dash.

***

Only if you do not have a driver's license or if you do not want to be handed a driver's license.

Persons named by name NamePrenameDate of Birth Unofficial table of contents

Annex 8c (to section 25b (2)) Model of an international driving licence under the International Agreement on Motor Vehicle Transport of 24 April 1926

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2010, 2064-2083;
with regard to of the individual amendments. Footnote)
Preliminary remarks

1.

The International Driving Licence in accordance with Article 7 and Annex E of the International Agreement on Motor Vehicle Transport of 24 April 1926 is a booklet in the form of DIN A6 (148 mm x 105 mm) with grey cover and 36 white inner sides. The side 37 is set up for folding out.

2.

The front and rear sides of the first cover sheet and the sides 3 to 35 and 37 are reproduced below. Pages 36 and 38 remain free.

3.

Copies of this International Driving Licences to Model 7 of the International Motor Vehicle Regulation as amended on 1 January 1964 continue to be valid.

4.

The vehicle classes are defined as follows:

A

motor vehicles whose total weight does not exceed 3 500 kg, consisting of the unladen weight and the maximum permissible load declared in the authorisation,

B

Motor vehicles whose total weight exceeds 3 500 kg,

C

Motorcycles with and without side cars.

5.

In the case of the international driving licence issued in accordance with section 25b (2), the following classes or categories shall be: To grant restrictions:



German Driving licence-class international Driving licence restrictions

A1	C, A	C ≤125 cm 3 C ≤ 11 kW C ≤ 0.1 kW/kg A: Three-wheel motor vehicle ≤ 15 kW
A2	C	C ≤ 35 kW C ≤ 0.2 kW/kg
A	C, A	A: only three-wheel motor vehicle
B	A
C1	B	B ≤ 7 500 kg
C	B
D1	B	B: buses only, number of places other than the Driver seat ≤ 16
D	B	B: buses only

6.

In the case of the international driving licence issued in accordance with Section 25b (2a), the following classes or categories shall be: To grant restrictions:



German Driving licence-class international Driving licence restrictions

A1	C	C ≤ 125 cm 3 C ≤ 11 kW
A limited	C	C ≤ 35 kW C ≤ 0.2 kW/kg
A	C
B	A
C1	B	B ≤ 7 500 kg
C	B
D1	B	B: buses only ≤ 8 m, number of seats other than the driver's seat ≤ 16
D	B	B: buses only

In addition, the driving licence authority may enter into further restrictions arising from the different definition of driving licence classes, the provisions on the protection of existing stocks and the restrictions on suitability for use.

(front side of the first cover sheet) PDF document is displayed in your own window (reverse side of the first cover sheet) PDF document is displayed in your own window PDF document is displayed in your own window Unofficial table of contents

Appendix 8d (to § 25b (3)) Model of an international driving licence under the Convention on Road Transport of 8 November 1968

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2010, 2084-2089;
with regard to of the individual amendments. Footnote)
Preliminary remarks

1.

The international driving licence in accordance with Article 41 and Annex 7 of the Convention on Road Transport of 8 November 1968 is a booklet in the form of DIN A6 (148 mm x 105 mm) with a grey envelope and eight white inner sides.

2.

The front and rear sides of the first cover sheet and the sides 1 to 7 are reproduced below. Page 8 remains free.

3.

The footnotes (explanatory notes) and the figures accompanying them in the text of the pattern shall not be taken into account in the form.

4.

The vehicle classes or -subclasses are defined as follows:

A1

Motorcycles with a cylinder capacity of not more than 125 cm ³ and an engine power of not more than 11 kW (light-weight wheels),

A

Motorcycles,

B

Motor vehicles not belonging to category A, having a maximum maximum mass not exceeding 3 500 kg, in which the number of seats, excluding the driver ' s seat, is not more than eight; or category B motor vehicles with a maximum authorised mass not exceeding 3 500 kg; Trailers with a maximum mass of not more than 750 kg; or motor vehicles of category B with a trailer, the total mass of which exceeds 750 kg, but not the empty mass of the motor vehicle, if the sum of the total permissible mass of motor vehicles and trailer does not exceed 500 kg,

C1

motor vehicles not belonging to category D, having a maximum authorised mass of more than 3 500 kg but not more than 7 500 kg; or motor vehicles of subcategory C1 with a trailer whose maximum authorised mass does not exceed 750 kg,

C

motor vehicles not belonging to category D, having a maximum authorised mass exceeding 3 500 kg; or motor vehicles of category C with a trailer whose maximum authorised mass does not exceed 750 kg,

D1

motor vehicles used for the carriage of passengers with more than eight seats, but not more than 16 seats in addition to the driver ' s seat; or motor vehicles of subcategory D1 with a trailer whose maximum authorised mass does not exceed 750 kg,

D

motor vehicles used for the carriage of passengers with more than eight seats, excluding the driver ' s seat; or motor vehicles of category D with a trailer whose maximum authorised mass does not exceed 750 kg,

BE

Motor vehicles of category B with a trailer whose maximum authorised mass exceeds 750 kg and the empty mass of the motor vehicle; or motor vehicles of category B with a trailer whose maximum authorised mass exceeds 750 kg if the sum of the vehicles is greater than 750 kg the maximum authorised mass of the vehicles thus connected exceeds 3 500 kg,

C1E

motor vehicles of subcategory C1 with a trailer whose maximum authorised mass exceeds 750 kg, but not the empty mass of the motor vehicle, if the sum of the maximum authorised mass of the vehicles thus connected does not exceed 12 000 kg,

CE

motor vehicles of category C with a trailer whose maximum authorised mass exceeds 750 kg;

D1E

Motor vehicles of subcategory D1 with a trailer which does not serve the carriage of passengers and whose maximum authorised mass exceeds 750 kg, but not the empty mass of the motor vehicle, if the sum of the maximum authorised mass of the vehicle is so connected Vehicles not exceeding 12 000 kg (see also § 25b (3),

EN

Motor vehicles of category D with a trailer whose maximum authorised mass exceeds 750 kg.

5.

In the case of the International Driving Lication issued in accordance with Section 25b (3), the following classes shall be: To grant restrictions:



German Driving licence-class international Driving licence restrictions

A1	A1, B	A1 ≤ 0.1 kW/kg B: three-wheel motor vehicle ≤ 15 kW
A2	A	A ≤ 35 kW A ≤ 0.2 kW/kg
A	A, B	B: only three-wheel motor vehicles
B	B
C1	C1
C	C
D1	D1	D1 ≤ 8 m
D	D
BE	BE	BE: Pendant ≤ 3 500 kg
C1E	C1E
CE	CE
D1E	D1E
EN	EN

6.

In the case of the international driving licence issued in accordance with Section 25b (3a), the following classes shall be: To grant restrictions:



German Driving licence-class international Driving licence restrictions

A1	A1
A limited	A	A ≤ 35 kW A ≤ 0.2 kW/kg
A	A
B	B
C1	C1
C	C
D1	D1
D	D
BE	BE
C1E	C1E
CE	CE
D1E	D1E	D1E: Pendant must not be used for passenger transport
EN	EN

In addition, the driving licence authority may enter into further restrictions arising from the different definition of driving licence classes, the provisions on the protection of existing stocks and the restrictions on suitability for use.

(front side of the first cover sheet) PDF document is displayed in your own window (reverse side of the first cover sheet) PDF document is displayed in your own window PDF document is displayed in your own window Unofficial table of contents

Annex 9 (to section 25 (3))
Use of key figures for entry into the driving licence

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2013, 60-63)

A. Preliminary remarks

Restrictions, conditions and additional information shall be entered in the driving licence in the form of key figures in box 12. If they refer to individual driving licence classes, they must be entered in box 12 on the line of the driving licence class in question. Those which apply to all driving licence classes given are to be noted in the last line of box 12 under columns 9 to 12. The harmonised key figures of the European Union consist of two digits (main key figures). Sub-keys consist of a main key number (first part) and of two digits and/or letters (second part). First and second parts are separated by a point. The second part can contain additional digits/letters for certain ciphers. National key figures consist of three digits. They are valid only in Germany. The key figures to be entered must fully cover the restrictions, obligations and additional information. For key key numbers 05, 44, 50, 51, 70, 71, and 79, it is mandatory to use sub-keyed keys. It is possible to separate accumulations with a comma and alternatives by a slash. Harmonized key figures are to be listed in front of the national. When issuing a driving licence, the holder shall be informed of the importance of the key figures registered.

B. List of key numbers

I. Key figures of the European Union

Lfd. Key Number

1	01	visual aid and/or eye protection, if requested by a medical opinion:
2	01.01	Glasses
3	01.02	Contact lenses
4	01.03	Safety goggles
5	02	Hearing aid/communication aid
6	03	Prosthesis/orthesis of the limbs
7	05	Driving restriction for medical reasons:
8	05.01	Only in daylight
9	05.02	Within a radius of ... km of residence or in-town/within the region ...
10	05.03	Non-passenger/socius
11	05.04	Limited to a maximum permissible speed of not more than ... km/h
12	05.05	Only with the passenger who is in possession of the driving licence
13	05.06	Unfollowers
14	05.07	Not valid on motorways
15	05.08	No alcohol
16	10	Custom circuitry
17	15	Custom clutch
18	20	Custom brake mechanisms
19	25	Custom acceleration mechanisms
20	30	Custom combined braking and acceleration mechanisms
21	35	Custom controls
22	40	Custom steering
23	42	Custom (r) rear-view mirrors
24	43	Custom driver seat
25	44	Adaptations of the motorcycle:
26	44.01	Brake actuation front/rear with a lever
27	44.02	(Custom) hand-operated brake
28	44.03	(Custom) foot-operated brake
29	44.04	Custom acceleration mechanisms
30	44.05	Custom handset and manual clutch
31	44.06	Custom rear view mirror
32	44.07	Custom control devices
33	44.08	Seat height must allow the contact of the floor with both feet simultaneously in sitting
34	45	Motorbike only with side-car
35	46	Only three-wheel motor vehicles
36	50	Only one specific vehicle (vehicle identification number)
37	51	Only one particular vehicle (official registration number)
38	70	Exchange of the driving licence number ... issued by ... (EU distinguishing sign, in the case of a third country UNECE-distinguishing signs of the issuing State, but only to be used for exchange under the grounds of Annex 11)
39	71	Duplicate of the driving licence number ... (EU distinguishing sign, in the case of a third country UNECE distinguishing sign)
40	72	Only vehicles of category A with a cylinder capacity not exceeding 125 cm 3 and an engine power of not more than 11 kW (A1) *
41	73	Only for four-wheel motor vehicles of category B (B1)
42	74	Only vehicles of category C with a maximum authorised mass not exceeding 7 500 kg (C1) *
43	75	Only vehicles of category D with a maximum of 16 seats in addition to the driver's seat (D1) *
44	76	Only vehicles of category C with a maximum authorised mass not exceeding 7 500 kg (C1), which carry a trailer with a maximum authorised mass of not less than 750 kg, provided that the maximum authorised mass of the vehicle combination is 12 000 kg and the maximum authorised mass of the vehicle combination is 12 000 kg and the maximum authorised mass of the vehicle combination the maximum authorised mass of the trailer does not exceed the unladen mass of the towing vehicle (C1E) *
45	77	Only category D vehicles with a maximum of 16 seats in addition to the driver's seat (D1), which carry a trailer with a maximum authorised mass of more than 750 kg, provided that: a) the maximum authorised mass of the vehicle combination does not exceed 12 000 kg and the maximum authorised mass of the trailer does not exceed the unladen mass of the towing vehicle; and b) the trailer is not used for passenger transport (D1E) *
46	78	No vehicles equipped with a clutch pedal (or, in the case of vehicles of categories A, A2 and A1, equipped with a manually operated clutch lever, which is operated by the driver when starting or stopping the motor vehicle and during gear change) must be
47	79 (...)	Only vehicles which comply with the specifications indicated in brackets, when applying Article 13 of Directive 2006 /126/EC
48	79 (C1E > 12 000 kg, L ≤ 3)
		restriction of the CE class on the basis of the authorization resulting from the previous class 3 for the driving of three-axle trains with a class C1 towing vehicle and more than 12 000 kg of total mass and of trains with a class C1 towing vehicle and trailers, the total mass being capable of being more than 12 000 kg and of three-axle trains from a category C1 towing vehicle and a trailer where the maximum authorised mass of the trailer is the unladen mass of the towing vehicle (part not covered by C1E). The above authorizations shall not apply to semitrailers with a maximum authorised mass of more than 7.5 tonnes. The letter L is in this key for the number of axles.
49	79 (S1 ≤ 25/7 500 kg)
		Limitation of categories D and DE to bus and coach buses with 24 passenger seats or a maximum of 7 500 kg of permissible maximum mass, even with trailers. The S1 specification is the key to the number of seats, including the driver's seat.
50	79 (L ≤ 3)
		Limitation of the class CE to combinations of no more than three axes. The letter L is in this key for the number of axles.
51	79.01	Only two-wheel vehicles with or without a passenger car
52	79.02	Only three-wheeled vehicles of category AM or four-wheel light vehicles of category AM
53	79.03	Only three-wheel vehicles
54	79.04	Only vehicle combinations of three-wheel vehicles and a trailer with a maximum authorised mass not exceeding 750 kg
55	79.05	Motorcycles of category A1 with a power weight of more than 0.1 kW/kg
56	79.06	Vehicles (combination of vehicles) of the BE class, provided that the maximum authorised mass of the trailer exceeds 3 500 kg
57	80	Only for holders of a driving licence for three-wheel motor vehicles of category A, which is the 24. Have not completed life year
58	81	Only for holders of a driver's licence for two-wheel motorcycles of category A, which is 21. Have not completed life year
59	90	Codes used in combination with codes for adjustments made to the vehicle
60	95	Driver/driver who is the holder of a certificate of formal qualifications and the obligation to be required under the law on the initial qualification and further training of drivers of certain motor vehicles for the Road freight or passenger transport up to ... [for example: 95 (01.01.14)]
61	96	Vehicle combinations of vehicles of category B and a trailer with a maximum authorised mass of more than 750 kg, provided that the maximum authorised mass of such a combination is more than 3 500 kg but not more than 4 250 kg.

*

Key figures 72, 74-77 may only be used in the conversion of driving licences granted by 18 January 2013.

II. national key figures Lfd. Key Number

1	104	Must carry a valid medical certificate
2	171 *	Category C1, valid also for motor vehicles of category D with a maximum authorised mass not exceeding 7 500 kg, but without passengers
3	172 *	Class C, valid also for category D motor vehicles, but without passengers
4	174 *	Class L, also valid for the driving of tractors with a maximum speed of not more than 40 km/h, even with a single-axle trailer (where axles with a distance of less than 1 m from each other are considered to be one axis) as well as combinations of these tractors and trailers if they are carried at a speed of not more than 25 km/h
5	175 *	Class L, also valid for the driving of motor vehicles with a maximum speed of not more than 25 km/h and for driving motor vehicles with the exception of those belonging to categories A, A1, A2 and AM, with a displacement capacity of not more than 50 cm 3
6	176	Edition: Up to the completion of the 18. Life-year only journeys within the framework of the training relationship
7	177	Restrictions, secondary provisions and additional information according to the Annex to the driving licence
8	178 *	Class D or D1: only journeys on scheduled services
9	179 *	Edition: Class D1 only for journeys in which the majority of the family members are transported
10	180	(dropped)
11	181	Class T, valid only for motor vehicles of category S (since 19.1.2013 AM)
12	182 **	Conditions relating to categories D1, D1E, D and DE: Until the completion of the 21. Life-year only for domestic journeys and within the framework of the training relationship in the state-recognised training occupation "Professional drivers/professional drivers" or "professional force in driving" or a state-recognised training occupation in which Comparable skills and knowledge for driving motor vehicles on public roads. The conditions to make use of the driving licence only within the framework of the training relationship shall be eliminated after completion of the training, even before the completion of the 21. Life Year.
13	183	(dropped)
14	184	Conditions: Until the completion of the 18. Year of life motor vehicles of category B (and, if not crossed out in the examination certificate, the class BE) and class B with the key number 96 1. only when accompanied by a person named in the examination certificate referred to in Annex 8b, and 2. only if the person named in the examination certificate referred to in Annex 8b a) holder of a valid driving licence of category B or of a corresponding German, EU/EEA or Swiss driving licence; the driving licence must be proved by a valid driving licence, which will be carried along during the accompanying driving licence and to be handed over to persons entitled to road traffic monitoring at the request of the person, b) does not have 0.25 mg/l or more alcohol in the breathing air or 0.5 promille or more alcohol in the blood or an amount of alcohol in the body that leads to such a concentration of breath or blood alcohol, and c) is not subject to the effect of an intoxing agent referred to in the annex to section 24a of the Road Traffic Act. Point 2 (c) shall not apply if the substance is derived from the intended use of a medicinal product prescribed for a specific disease.
15	185	Conditions relating to categories C and CE: Until the completion of the 21. Life Year only 1. in the case of domestic journeys and 2. in the context of the training relationship in the state-recognised training occupation of "professional drivers/professional drivers" or "skilled in driving" or a state-recognised training occupation, in which comparable skills and Knowledge of driving motor vehicles on public roads. The conditions laid down in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall be deleted, even before the end of the 21. Life year when the licence holder has completed the vocational training.
16	186	Conditions relating to categories D1 and D1E: Until the completion of the 21. Life Year only 1. in the case of domestic journeys and 2. in the context of the training relationship in the state-recognised training occupation of "professional drivers/professional drivers" or "skilled in driving" or a state-recognised training occupation, in which comparable skills and Knowledge of driving motor vehicles on public roads. The requirement of paragraph 1 shall not apply if the driving licence holder is 21. Year of life has been completed. The condition referred to in point 2 shall not apply if the driving licence holder is 21. It has completed a life year or completed its vocational training.
17	187	Conditions relating to categories D and DE: Until the completion of the 24. Life Year only 1. in the case of domestic journeys and 2. in the context of the training relationship in the state-recognised training occupation of "professional drivers/professional drivers" or "skilled in driving" or a state-recognised training occupation, in which comparable skills and Knowledge of driving motor vehicles on public roads, and 3. in the case of journeys to the carriage of passengers on scheduled services in accordance with § § 42 and 43 of the PBefG (PBefG) for line lengths of up to 50 kilometres. The requirement of paragraph 1 shall not apply if the driving licence holder is 21. It has been completed and the vocational training completed. The requirement of point 2 shall not be required if the vocational training has been completed. The requirement of point 3 shall not apply if the licence holder is 20. Year of life has been completed.
18	188	Edition to class C: Until the completion of the 21. Life-year only in Germany and only in the case of emergency trips or training trips arranged by the supervisor, and training trips with emergency vehicles of the fire brigade, the police, the emergency services recognised by national law, the Technical Relief and Works Agency and other units of civil protection.
19	189	Edition to class D: Until the completion of the 24. Life-year only in Germany and only in the case of emergency trips or training trips arranged by the supervisor, and training trips with emergency vehicles of the fire brigade, the police, the emergency services recognised by national law, the Technical Relief and Works Agency and other units of civil protection.
20	190	Edition to class C: Until the completion of the 21. Life-year only in Germany and only for the driving of vehicles, which are spent in commercial vehicle workshops for repair or maintenance purposes and are carried out there on the instructions of a supervisor on the road.
21	191	Edition to class D: Until the completion of the 24. Life-year only in Germany and only for the driving of vehicles, which are spent in commercial vehicle workshops for repair or maintenance purposes and are carried out there on the instructions of a supervisor on the road.
22	192	Authorization to drive vehicles under the Fourth Regulation on exemptions from the rules of the driving licence regulation
23	193	Conditions relating to categories D and DE: Until the completion of the 23. Only in the case of journeys to the carriage of passengers on scheduled services in accordance with § § 42 and 43 PBefG for line lengths of up to 50 kilometres after an accelerated basic qualification in accordance with § 4 paragraph 2 BKrFQG.

*

Key figures 171 to 175, 178 and 179 may only be used in the conversion of driving licences granted up to 31 December 1998 and in the cases referred to in Article 76 (11b) of this Regulation.

**

The key number 182 may only be used in the conversion of driving licences granted up to 18 January 2013 and in the cases of section 76 (11b).

Unofficial table of contents

Appendix 10 (to § § 26 and 27)
Bundeswehr service licences

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2010, 2094;
with regard to of the individual amendments. Footnote)
Scope of entitlement to drive service vehicles
Granting of a general driving licence



issued class of Driving licence entitles to driving of service vehicles of the class (s) to be granted general driving licence

A	A2, A1, AY and AM	A
A2	A1, AY and AM	A2
A1	AM	A1
B	AM and L	B
BE	Not applicable	BE
C1	Vehicles of category D1 without passengers	C1
C1E	BE and vehicles of class D1E without passengers	C1E
C	C1 and vehicles of class D without passengers	C
CE	BE and C1E as well as vehicles of class D without passengers, T	CE
P	Not applicable	Not applicable
D1	Not applicable	D1
D1E	Not applicable	D1E
D	D1	D
EN	D1E	EN
L	Not applicable	L
AM	Not applicable	AM
T	L	T
F	Not applicable	Not applicable
G	Not applicable	Not applicable
GE	Not applicable	Not applicable

Unofficial table of contents

Appendix 11 (to § 31)
State list of special provisions for holders of a foreign driving licence

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2010, 2095-2097;
with regard to of the individual amendments. Footnote)


Exhibition State Class (n) theoretical Check practical Audit

Andorra	all	No	No
Bosnia and Herzegovina	A1, A, B	No	No
French Polynesia	all	No	No
Guernsey	all	No	No
Island Man	all	No	No
Israel	B	No	No
Japan	all	No	No
Jersey	all	No	No
(dropped)
Monaco	all	No	No
Namibia 16)	A1, A, B, EB, C1 17 ), EC1, C 17 ), EC	No	No
New Caledonia	all	No	No
New Zealand	1, 6 10 )	No	No
Republic of Korea	1, 2 1 )	No	No
San Marino	all	No	No
Switzerland	all	No	No
Singapore	all	No	No
South Africa	all	No	No
Driving licences that are in the actual field of authorities in Taiwan 2 ) has been granted	B/BE 1 )	No	Yes
Driving licences from the Australian Territories 11 ):
-Australian Capital Territory	C 12 ), R 12 )	No 7 )	No
-New South Wales	C, R	No 7 )	No
-Northern Territory	C 12 ), R 12 )	No 7 )	No
-Queensland	C 13 ), R 13 )	No 7 )	No
-South Australia	C 13 ), R 13 )	No	No
-Tasmania	C 13 ), R 13 )	No	No
-Victoria	C 14 ), CAR, R 14 )	No	No
-Western Australia	C 12 ), R	No 7 )	No
Passenger car driving licences of the US federal government- States and US External territories 1 ):
-Alabama	D	No	No
-Arizona	G, D, 2	No	No
-Arkansas	D	No	No
-Colorado	C, R	No	No
-Connecticut	D, 1, 2	Yes	No
-Delaware	D	No	No
-District of Columbia	D	Yes	No
-Florida	E	Yes	No
-Idaho	D	No	No
-Illinois	D	No	No
-Indiana	Operator License, Chauffeur License 3 ), Public Passenger Chauffeur License 3 ), Commercial Driver License, Probationary Operator's License	Yes 7 )	No
-Iowa	C (Noncommercial Operator's License) 4 ), A (Commercial Driver's License) 3 ), B (Commercial Driver's License) 3 ), C (Commercial Driver's License) 3 ), D (Noncommercial Chauffeur Driver's License with Endorsement 1, 2 or 3) 3 ), Intermediate Driver's License	No	No
-Kansas	C	No	No
-Kentucky	D	No	No
-Louisiana	E	No	No
-Maryland	C (Full License and Provisional License)	No	No
-Massachusetts	D	No	No
-Michigan	operator	No	No
-Minnesota	D	Yes 7 )	No
-Mississippi	operator, R	Yes	No
-Missouri	F	Yes	No
-Nebraska	O	Yes	No
-New Mexico	D	No	No
-North Carolina	C	Yes	No
-Ohio	D	No	No
-Oklahoma	D	No	No
-Oregon	C 7 )	Yes	No
-Pennsylvania	C	No	No
-Puerto Rico	3	No	No
-South Carolina	D	No	No
-South Dakota	1 and 2	No	No
-Tennessee	D	Yes	No
-Texas	C 15 ), A 3 ), B 3 )	No 7 )	No
-Utah	D	No	No
-Virginia	NONE, M 5 ), A 3 ), B 3 ), C 3 )	No	No
-Washington State	Driver License 8 ) Intermediate Driver License 9 )	No	No
-West Virginia	E	No	No
-Wisconsin	D	No	No
Wyoming	C	No	No
Driving licences of the Canadian provinces 1 ):
-Alberta	5	No	No
-British Columbia	5, 6, 7 (Novice Driver's Licence) 7 ) 10 )	No	No
-Manitoba	5 6 ), 4 Stage F 3 ), 3 Stage F 3 ), 2 Stage F 3 ), 1 Stage F 3 )	No	No
-New Brunswick	5, 7 Level 2	No	No
-Newfoundland	5	No	No
-Northwest Territories	5	No	No
-Nova Scotia	5	No	No
-Ontario	G	No	No
-Prince Edward Island	5	No	No
-Québec	5	No	No
-Saskatchewan	1 and 5	No	No
-Yukon	5	No	No

1)

Official note: As far as the column "Class (s)" does not include "all" but only one particular class or classes, this class (s) shall only be subject to the grant of class B.

2)

Official note: Germany does not maintain diplomatic relations with Taiwan.

3)

Official Note: Includes Car Class.

4)

Official note: In cases where class C is limited to the key number 2, the grant of a German driving licence is not permitted under section 31 (learning guide licence).

5)

Official note: In cases where class M is provided with code 6, a German driver's licence is not possible to issue a German licence (motorbike licence only).

6)

Official note: In cases where a class 5 Stage L or Stage A is present, the issue of a German driving licence is not permitted under section 31 (learning guide licence).

7)

Official note: The proof of vision in accordance with § 12 is still required.

8)

Official note: If the "Driver License" does not contain any reference to special vehicles, it is a car driver's licence.

9)

Official note: Only for holders who are the 18. Have completed their life year. No exchange of a "Instruction Permit".

10)

Official note: Class 6 will be rewritten to a German driving licence of category A2, provided that the holder is 24. Life year has not yet been completed. In addition, class A is granted.

11)

Official note: The Australian class C and CAR (Victoria) corresponds to the German class B and the Australian class R of the German class A.

12)

Official Note: Also "Provisional Licence". No exchange of a "Learner Licence".

13)

Official Note: Also "Provisional Licence P2". No exchange of a "Learner Permit" or "Learner Permit" "Learner Licence".

14)

Official Note: Also "Probationary Licence P2". No exchange of a "Learner Permit".

15)

Official Note: Also "Provisional License". No exchange of a "Instruction Permit".

16)

Official note: The condition is that the date of grant of the Namibian driving licence is at least two years before the application date.

17)

Official note: Driving permit classes C1 and C from Namibia also entitle them to drive buses. A rewriting of these driving licence classes to the German driving licence classes D1 and/or D, however, cannot be done. Driving licence class C1 from Namibia entitles the holder to drive vehicles with a permissible mass of not more than 16 000 kg. In the case of rewriting in Germany, however, only a category C1 driving licence is granted, even if it is authorized only for the driving of vehicles with a permissible mass of not more than 7 500 kg.

18)

(dropped)

Unofficial table of contents

Appendix 12 (to § 34)
Assessment of the offences and administrative offences in the context of driving licences on a sample (Section 2a of the Road Traffic Act)

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2010, 2098-2099;
with regard to of the individual amendments. Footnote)
A. Serious Infringements

1.

Offences in so far as they have not already led to the withdrawal of the driving licence:

1.1

Offences under the Criminal Code Unauthorised removal from the scene of the accident (§ 142) negligent killing (§ 222) ^*) Negligent bodily injury (§ 229) *) coercion (§ 240) Dangerous Interventions in Road Traffic (§ 315b) Threat to road traffic (§ 315c) Drink-driving (§ 316) Full Rush (§ 323a) Lower aid (§ 323c)

1.2

Offences according to the road traffic law or order or allowing the driving of a motor vehicle without a driver's licence, in spite of a driving ban or despite the safekeeping, securing or seizure of the driving licence (§ 21)

1.3

(dropped)

2.

Administrative offences in accordance with § § 24, 24a and § 24c of the Road Traffic Act and other road traffic regulations:

2.1

Infringements of the rules of the Road Traffic Order on

the legal bid	(Section 2 (2))
the speed	(§ 3 (1), 2a, 3 and 4, § 41 (2), § 42 (4a))
the distance	(Section 4 (1))
Overtaking	(§ 5, § 41 (2))
the ancestor	(§ 8 (2), § 41 (2))
Bending, turning and reversing	(§ 9)
the use of motorways and road transport	(§ 2 (1), § 18 (2) to (5), paragraph 7, § 41 (2))
the behaviour at railway crossings	(§ 19 (1) and (2), § 40 (7))
the behaviour on public transport and school buses	(§ 20 (2), (3) and (4), § 41 (2))
the behaviour of pedestrians	(§ 26, § 41 (3))
excessive use of road	(§ 29)
the behaviour of alternating light signs, permanent light signs and signs 206 (stop! In addition to the holding signs of police officers	(§ 36, § 37 (2), 3, § 41 (2))

2.2

Infringements of the provisions of the Vehicle Registration Ordinance on the use or use of vehicles without the required approval (Section 3 (1)) or without complying with an approved type, or without the need for a vehicle Individual approval is granted (Section 4 (1))

2.3

Violations of § 24a or § 24c of the Road Traffic Act (alcohol, intoxiating means)

2.4

Infringements of the provisions of the Driving Licence Regulation on the promotion of passengers without the required driving licence for the carriage of passengers or the placing or allowing for such promotions (§ 48 (1) or (8))

2.5

Infringements of the provisions of the driving licence regulation relating to the driving of motor vehicles when the licence holder carries out a motor vehicle without any accompanying assistance in the opposite direction to a fully-retractable condition (accompanying driving from 17 years of age) 48a (2)

B. Less serious infringements

1.

Offences in so far as they have not already led to the withdrawal of the driving licence:

1.1

Offences under the Criminal Code Negligent killing (§ 222) ^*) Negligent bodily injury (§ 229) *) Other offences, insofar as committed in connection with road traffic and not listed in Section A

1.2

Offences in accordance with the law on road traffic law (§ 22)

2.

Irregularities in accordance with § 24 of the Road Traffic Act, unless listed in Section A.

*)

For the classification of a negligent killing or negligent bodily injury in Section A or B, the classification of the traffic violation underlying the deed shall be decisive.

*)

For the classification of a negligent killing or negligent bodily injury in Section A or B, the classification of the traffic violation underlying the deed shall be decisive.

Unofficial table of contents

Appendix 13 (to § 40)
Description and evaluation of the offences and administrative offences to be taken into account in the context of the fitness assessment system

(Fundstelle BGBl. I 2014, 363-367)

The following decisions are to be stored in the travel suitability register and evaluated in the travel suitability evaluation system as follows:

1.

the following offences with three points, in so far as the withdrawal of the driving licence or an isolated barrier has been ordered:
running Number offenses

1.1	Negligent killing	Section 222 StGB
1.2	Negligent bodily injury	§ 229 StGB
1.3	Coercion	§ 240 StGB
1.4	Dangerous interventions in road transport	§ 315b StGB
1.5	Risk to road transport	§ 315c StGB
1.6	Unauthorised removal from the scene of the accident	§ 142 StGB
1.7	Drunkenness in transport	§ 316 StGB
1.8	Full Rush	§ 323a StGB
1.9	Assistance not provided	§ 323c StGB
1.10	Driving or allowing the driving of a motor vehicle without a driver's licence, in spite of driving bans or despite the safekeeping, freezing or seizure of the driving licence	§ 21 StVG
1.11	License Plate Abuse	§ 22 StVG

2.

with two points

2.1

the following offences, in so far as they are not covered by point 1:
running Number offenses

2.1.1	Negligent killing, in so far as a driving ban has been ordered	Section 222 StGB
2.1.2	Negligent bodily injury, to the extent that a driving ban has been ordered	§ 229 StGB
2.1.3	If necessary, if a driving ban has been ordered	§ 240 StGB
2.1.4	Dangerous interventions in road transport	§ 315b StGB
2.1.5	Risk to road transport	§ 315c StGB
2.1.6	Unauthorised removal from the scene of the accident	§ 142 StGB
2.1.7	Drunkenness in transport	§ 316 StGB
2.1.8	Full noise, where a driving ban has been ordered	§ 323a StGB
2.1.9	No assistance shall be provided to the extent that a driving ban has been ordered	§ 323c StGB
2.1.10	Driving or allowing the driving of a motor vehicle without a driver's licence, in spite of driving bans or despite the safekeeping, freezing or seizure of the driving licence	§ 21 StVG
2.1.11	Misuse of marks, provided that a driving ban has been ordered	§ 22 StVG

2.2

the following administrative offences, which are particularly harmful to traffic safety:
^* running Number of the annex to the BußMonetary Catalogue-Regulation (BKat)

2.2.1	A motor vehicle with a breathing alcohol concentration of 0.25 mg/l or more or with a blood alcohol concentration of 0.5 promille or more or with an amount of alcohol in the body leading to such a concentration of breath or blood alcohol	241, 241.1, 241.2
2.2.2	Motor vehicle guided under the effect of an intoxing agent referred to in Article 24a (2) of the Road Traffic Act	242, 242.1, 242.2
2.2.3	Maximum allowed speed exceeded	9.1 to 9.3, 11.1 to 11.3 in each case in conjunction with 11.1.6 to 11.1.10 of Table 1 of the Annex (11.1.6 only within closed localities), 11.2.5 to 11.2.10 of Table 1 of the Annex (11.2.5 only within closed localities) or 11.3.6 until 11.3.10 Table 1 of the Annex (11.3.6 only within closed localities)
2.2.4	Required distance from a preceding vehicle is not complied with	12.6 in conjunction with 12.6.3, 12.6.4 or 12.6.5 of Table 2 of the Annex and 12.7 in conjunction with 12.7.3, 12.7.4 or 12.7.5 of Table 2 of the Annex.
2.2.5	Overtaking rules not complied with	19.1.1, 19.1.2, 21.1, 21.2
2.2.6	Used on the continuous road of motorways or motorways, driving backwards or counter to the direction of travel	83.3
2.2.7	As the driver of the vehicle, crossing the train in contravention of the waiting requirement or despite the closed barrier or half-barrier	89b.2, 244
2.2.8	In the case of a motor vehicle operator, a red alternating light or a red permanent light mark is not followed in the event of a hazard, damage to property or, in the case of a red phase of an alternating light which lasts for a period of more than one second,	132.1, 132.2, 132.3, 132.3.1, 132.3.2
2.2.9	Participated as a motor vehicle driver in a motor vehicle race	248

3.

with one point the following traffic safety offences:

3.1

the following infringements of the provisions of the Road Traffic Act:
running Number violations against the heading number of the BKat *

3.1.1	§ 24c of the Road Traffic Act	243

3.2

the following infringements of the rules of the road traffic order:
^* running Number violations of the regulations passing on the BKat

3.2.1	Road use by vehicles	4.1, 4.2, 5a, 5a.1, 6
3.2.2	the speed	8.1, 9, 10, 11 in conjunction with 11.1.3, 11.1.4, 11.1.5, 11.1.6 of Table 1 of the Annex (11.1.6 only outside of closed localities), 11.2.2, 11.2.3, 11.2.4, 11.2.5 of Table 1 of the Annex (11.2.2 only) within, 11.2.5 only outside closed towns), 11.3.4, 11.3.5, 11.3.6 of Table 1 of the Annex (11.3.6 only outside closed towns)
3.2.3	the distance	12.5 in conjunction with 12.5.1, 12.5.2, 12.5.3, 12.5.4 or 12.5.5 of Table 2 of the Annex, 12.6 in conjunction with 12.6.1 or 12.6.2 of Table 2 of the Annex, 12.7 in conjunction with 12.7.1 or 12.7.2 of the Table 2 of the Annex, 15
3.2.4	Overtaking	17, 18, 19, 19.1, 153a, 21, 22
3.2.5	the ancestor	34
3.2.6	Bending, turning and reversing	39.1, 41, 42.1, 44
3.2.7	Park or holding bans with disabilities of rescue vehicles	51b.3, 53.1
3.2.8	the stay of vehicles	66
3.2.9	the lighting	76
3.2.10	the use of motorways and motorways	79, 80.1, 82, 83.1, 83.2, 85, 87a, 88
3.2.11	the behaviour at railway crossings	89, 89a, 89b.1, 245
3.2.12	the behaviour on public transport and school buses	92.1, 92.2, 93, 95.1, 95.2
3.2.13	passenger transport, security obligations	99.1, 99.2
3.2.14	the cargo	102.1, 102.1.1, 102.2.1, 104
3.2.15	the other obligations of the driver	108, 246.1, 247
3.2.16	the behaviour at the pedestrian crossing	113
3.2.17	the excessive use of road	116
3.2.18	Barriers to traffic	123
3.2.19	the behaviour towards the signs or attitudes of a police officer, as well as the interchangeable light signs, permanent light signs and green arrow	129, 132, 132a, 132a.1, 132a.2, 132a.3, 132a.3.1, 132a.3.2, 133.1, 133.2, 133.3.1, 133.3.2
3.2.20	Pre-written characters	150, 151.1, 151.2, 152, 152.1
3.2.21	Direction Character	157.3, 159b
3.2.22	other traffic law arrangements	164
3.2.23	Requirements	166

*

Library of fines

3.3

the following infringements of the rules of the driving licence regulation:
^* running Number violations of the regulations passing on the BKat

3.3.1	The driving licence for passenger transport	171, 172
3.3.2	Driving of motor vehicles without support	251a

3.4

the following infringements of the regulations of the vehicle registration regulation:
running Number violations of the provisions of the BKat *

3.4.1	the authorisation	175
3.4.2	an operating ban and restrictions	253

3.5

the following infringements of the rules of the road traffic authorisation system:
running Number violations of the provisions of the BKat *

3.5.1	the study of motor vehicles and trailers	186.1.3, 186.1.4, 186.2.3, 187a
3.5.2	the responsibility for the operation of the vehicles	189.1.1, 189.1.2, 189.2.1, 189.2.2, 189.3.1, 189.3.2, 189a.1, 189a.2
3.5.3	the dimensions of vehicles and vehicle combinations	192, 193
3.5.4	the cornering characteristics of vehicles	195, 196
3.5.5	the axle load, the total weight, the towing load behind motor vehicles	198 and 199 respectively in Connection with 198.1.2 to 198.1.7, 199.1.2 up to 199.1.6, 198.2.4 or 199.2.4, 198.2.5 or 199.2.5, 198.2.6 or 199.2.6 of Table 3 of the Annex
3.5.6	the occupation of bus and coach	201, 202
3.5.7	Tyres and tread	212, 213
3.5.8	the other obligations relating to the safe condition of the vehicle	214.1, 214.2, 214a.1, 214a.2
3.5.9	the support load	217
3.5.10	the speed limiter	223, 224
3.5.11	Requirements	233

3.6

the following breaches of the provisions of the Ordinance on the Road, Rail and Inland Navigation of Dangerous Goods (GGVSEB):
running Number description of the legal basis for revocation

3.6.1	As an actual shipper Consignment items containing dangerous goods and unpacked dangerous goods shall not be secured by appropriate means capable of holding back the goods in the vehicle or container and, where dangerous goods are held together with others, Goods are transported, not all goods in the vehicles or containers are secured or packed in such a way that the escape of dangerous goods is prevented.	Subsection 7.5.7.1 ADR i. V. m. Section 37 (1) (21) (a) GGVSEB
3.6.2	As a driver Consignment items containing dangerous goods and unpacked dangerous goods shall not be secured by appropriate means capable of holding back the goods in the vehicle or container and, where dangerous goods are held together with others, Goods are transported, not all goods in the vehicles or containers are secured or packed in such a way that the escape of dangerous goods is prevented.	Subsection 7.5.7.1 ADR i. V. m. Section 37 (1) (21) (a) GGVSEB
3.6.3	As a carrier and in the function as holder of the vehicle, contrary to § 19 paragraph 2 number 15 GGVSEB, the vehicle driver shall not hand over the necessary equipment for carrying out the load securing	Subsection 7.5.7.1 ADR i. V. m. Section 37 (1) (6) (o) GGVSEB

.

*

Library of fines

*

Library of fines

*

Library of fines

Unofficial table of contents

Annex 14 (to section 66 (2))
Requirements for official recognition as carrier of assessment bodies for the suitability of the vehicle

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2014, 368-369)
(1) In the case of an application, which must be signed by a person entitled to represent the institution, the following documents shall be attached:

1.

Evidence of the legal form of the institution, name of the legal person,

2.

information on the organisation and management of the institution (organisation chart and information on the key positions in the management of the institution, powers and responsibilities), its activities and its relations with a parent organisation,

3.

Addresses of all peer review bodies within the competence of the respective recognition authority,

4.

a certificate issued by the competent authority for each assessment body under the authority of the respective recognition authority on the compliance with the Regulation on workplaces,

5.

in so far as a different recognition has already been granted, a list of already existing recognition notices, indicating the recognition authority, the reference number and the date of recognition; copies of the certificates shall be submitted at the request.

(2) The recognition shall be granted or extended if:

1.

the financial and organisational capacity of the institution is guaranteed,

2.

the staffing with a sufficient number of medical and psychological reviewers is ensured,

a)

Requirements for medical experts:

aa)

Doctor with at least two years of clinical activity or specialist (in particular internal medicine, psychiatry, neurology),

bb)

in addition to at least one year's practice in the assessment of the suitability of drivers in an assessment body for driving suitability,

b)

Requirements for the psychological reviewer:

aa)

diploma or equivalent master's degree in psychology and at least two years of practical professional activity (usually in clinical psychology, work psychology),

bb)

in addition to at least one year's practice in the assessment of the suitability of drivers in an assessment body for driving suitability,

cc)

A complete course to restore the fitness of power (§ 70) in the absence of knowledge and experience in the implementation of these courses,

3.

the institution provides for the fulfilment of the requirements for the annual training according to the Directive pursuant to § 72 (2) (1) of the Directive for all reviewers,

4.

an officially recognised expert or auditor is available for motor vehicle traffic,

5.

the factual equipment is ensured with the necessary premises and equipment,

6.

the institution of assessment bodies for the suitability of the vehicle is not, at the same time, a carrier of measures of driving training or of courses for the restoration of the suitability for use of the vehicle, and no measures of change in behaviour and of attitude to the preparation of carry out an assessment of the suitability of the vehicle,

7.

the suitability of the psychological test methods and devices used has been confirmed by a suitable independent body,

8.

the institution of assessment bodies for the suitability of the vehicle has to prove compliance with the requirements of the Directive in accordance with § 72 (2) (1) by an expert opinion from the Federal Institute (Bundesanstalt) (within the framework of the initial assessment, this proof is limited to the compliance with the requirements relating to the documentation of quality management and the physical, factual and staffing equipment; provided that the institution is already fully recognised, it is generally not necessary to submit a new opinion, The last report submitted by the Federal Agency

9.

the participation of the institution in a regular and nationwide exchange of experience under the direction of the Federal Institute is ensured,

10.

the economic independence of the reviewers is guaranteed by the outcome of the assessments; and

11.

the applicant, in the case of legal persons, the persons appointed for representation by law or by the statutes, who have the reliability required for the activity.

(3) The conditions for the eligibility and independence of a body within the meaning of paragraph 2 (7) are:

1.

The availability of persons with procedural expertise in psychological diagnostics has been proven by

a)

Several years of experience in the application of psychological, in particular driving suitability-relevant, test procedures and

b)

relevant publications in professional journals with a peer review process.

2.

The proof of a task-related quality management system.

Not suitable are bodies or the reviewers working for them, who

1.

have been or have been involved in the development and distribution of the test equipment and/or test method to be reviewed, or are or have been involved in the preparation of opinions within the framework of this Annex,

2.

have a contractual or other legal or economic relationship with the manufacturer of the device and/or the developer of the procedure or have stayed in the last 2 years, or

3.

a contractual or other legal or economic relationship with the institutions of assessment bodies for the suitability for use, which use the procedures and test equipment to be evaluated, maintained or maintained in the last 2 years.

Unofficial table of contents

Annex 15 (to section 70 (2))
Conditions for official recognition as a carrier of courses for the restoration of power

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2014, 370-371)
(1) In the case of an application, which must be signed by a person entitled to represent the institution, the following documents shall be attached:

1.

Evidence of the legal form of the institution, the name of the legal person,

2.

information on the organisation and management of the institution (organisation chart and information on the key positions in the management of the institution, powers and responsibilities), its activities and its relations with a parent organisation,

3.

Addresses of all bodies in which courses are to be carried out for the purpose of restoring the suitability of vehicles, within the competence of the respective recognition authority,

4.

for each body where courses are to be carried out in order to restore the suitability of the vehicle, the competent authority shall certify that the competent authority must comply with the Regulation on workplaces,

5.

, to the extent that another recognition has already been granted, a list of already existing recognition notices, indicating the recognition authority, file number and date of recognition. Copies of the files shall be submitted at the request.

(2) The recognition shall be granted or extended if:

1.

the financial and organisational capacity of the institution is guaranteed,

2.

human and factual-spatial equipment is ensured,

3.

Instructor

a)

the completion of a university degree in psychology, or an equivalent master's degree in psychology,

b)

training in transport psychology at a university or equivalent institution or at a position dealing with the assessment or re-establishment of the suitability of a motor vehicle,

c)

Knowledge and experience in the study and assessment of the suitability of drivers and

d)

A training as head of courses to restore the suitability of power

proof,

4.

Instructor shall meet the requirements for maintaining the instructor qualification in accordance with the requirements of the Directive pursuant to § 72 (2) (3),

5.

the carrier of courses for the restoration of the suitability for use of the vehicle is not at the same time the institution of measures relating to the training of the driving force or the institution of assessment bodies for the suitability of the driving force;

6.

the scientific basis and the suitability of the courses has been confirmed by a suitable independent body,

7.

the institution of courses for the restoration of the suitability for use of the vehicle has to comply with the requirements of the directive in accordance with Section 72 (2) (3) by an expert report (within the framework of the initial assessment, this proof is limited to the fulfilment of the requirements relating to the documentation of quality management and the spatial, factual and staffing equipment; provided that the institution is already recognised, it is generally not necessary to submit a new opinion, The latest reports submitted by the Federal Agency.

(3) The conditions for eligibility and independence of the body referred to in paragraph 2 (6) shall be:

1.

The availability of persons with professional competence in clinical or pedagogical psychology has been proven by

a)

several years of experience in the application of psychological intervention procedures for the treatment of substance-related problems and/or deviant behaviour in adults and

b)

relevant publications in professional journals with a peer review process.

2.

The proof of a task-related quality management system.

Not suitable are bodies or the reviewers working for them, who

1.

have been or have been involved in the development and distribution of the course programme to be reviewed, or are involved in the preparation of opinions within the framework of this Annex,

2.

have a contractual or other legal or economic relationship with the developer of the course program or have stayed in the course of the last 2 years, or

3.

a contractual or other legal or economic relationship with carriers of courses for the restoration of the suitability for use of power in accordance with § 70, which use the course programme to be reviewed, or in the last 2 years held.

The effectiveness of the courses must be demonstrated, at the latest after 6 years, in an evaluation procedure (evaluation) carried out according to the state of the art. After their first evaluation, the courses are to be evaluated again regularly over the course of 10 years. Unofficial table of contents

Annex 16 (to section 42 (2))
Framework curriculum for the implementation of the transport education sub-measure of the Driving Event Seminar

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2013, 3930-3932)

Module 1

1.

Module "Seminar overview"
Lehr learning goals The seminar participant can ... Lehr-LerninhalteLehr-LernmethodenMedien/Materials

1.1	... the organizational process of the driving fitness A seminar.	-Number of partial dimensions- assumptions and modules -Time constraints on the sub-measures, the modules and the overall measure	Teaching lecture	Foils- Presentation/Film Feature sheet "Seminar overview"
1.2	... the most important teaching-learning content and teaching- Play the learning methods of the road pedagogical sub-measure.	-the structure of the building and content -Teaching-learning methods
1.3	... the contents of the confidentiality insurance .	-Confidence- Insurance
1.4	... the prerequisites the seminar recognition and the possible Identify the consequences of non-compliance.	-Presence -Active participation -homework- editing -No open Rejection -consequences of non-fulfilment of the Requirements
1.5	... the essential Content of transport Sketching a psychological part of the program.	-Overview of the Contents of the transport sychological Part Measure

2.

Building block "Individual driving career and safety responsibility"
Lehr learning goals The seminar participant can ... Lehr-LerninhalteLehr-LernmethodenMedien/Materials

2.1	... the potential for danger , describe what constitutes his or her previous behaviour.	-Significant critical driving situations since the driver's licence- Purchase	Experience Report/ Discussion/ cooperative learning	Worksheet " My Driving career "
		-accident risks and Responsibility in the Link reported with the Driving situations	Teaching lecture	Foils- Presentation/ Film/Photos/ Newspaper article

3.

Building block "Individual Mobility Significance"
Lehr learning goals The seminar participant can ... Lehr-LerninhalteLehr-LernmethodenMedien/Materials

3.1	... explain why the motor vehicle is an important means of transport and transport for it.	-Individually important uses of the motor vehicle	Cooperative learning/ Single Work/ Discussion	Worksheet "When do I need a motor vehicle?"
3.2	... name the consequences of a loss of mobility.	-consequences of Mobility Loss

4.

Building block "Presentation of the individual mobility significance"
Lehr learning goals The seminar participant can ... Lehr-LerninhalteLehr-LernmethodenMedien/Materials

4.1	... justify the extent to which a loss of mobility leads to a decrease in its quality of life.	-Individual Bedeu- of the mobile phone -Individual consequences of a loss of mobility	Homework	Worksheet " My individual mobility meaning "

5.

Module "Explanation of the Driving Owner Evaluation System"
Lehr learning goals The seminar participant can ... Lehr-LerninhalteLehr-LernmethodenMedien/Materials

5.1	... the rules of the Play the Fahreigntion Assessment system.	-Points and Sank- as a rule- breaches -Stages of the point system -Deadlines for the repayment of points	Teaching lecture	Foils- Presentation/Film

6.

Building block "Traffic rules and legal consequences in case of rule violations"
Lehr learning goals The seminar participant can ... Lehr-LerninhalteLehr-LernmethodenMedien/Materials

6.1	... the selection of Building blocks Reasons.	-Infringements and the resulting selection of blocks	Teaching lecture	-
6.2	... apply and justify the actual traffic rules.	-Tatrelated traffic rules	Computer-based cooperative learning PDF document is displayed in your own window	Tasks "Traffic rules" Filme/ Simulation/ animated graphics/photos/graphics
6.3	... name the resulting legal consequences of action-related violations.	-Consequences of action-related rule violations

7.

Building block "Exercise for the clarification of the individual mobility situation"
Lehr learning goals The seminar participant can ... Lehr-LerninhalteLehr-LernmethodenMedien/Materials

7.1	... assign specific action-related rule violations to the corresponding point categories and for each A violation of whether this would lead to the withdrawal of the driving licence.	-Tatrelated Rule Violations -Point categories of the Driving suitability Evaluation system -driving licence as a result of the action Rule Violations	Cooperative Learning/Discussion	-

8.

Building block homework "exercise for self-observation"
Lehr learning goals The seminar participant can ... Lehr-LerninhalteLehr-LernmethodenMedien/Materials

8.1	... to describe and maintain the conditions of his/her behaviour.	-Individual structures of opportunity, which are the basis of the Rule violations promote	Homework	Worksheet " Self- Observation "

Module 2

9.

Module "Evaluation of homework"
Lehr learning goals The seminar participant can ... Lehr-LerninhalteLehr-LernmethodenMedien/Materials

9.1	... justify the extent to which a loss of mobility leads to a decrease in its quality of life.	-Individual Bedeu- of the mobile phone -Individual Consequences of a loss of mobility	Discussion/ Experience Report/ Learning level control	Worksheet " My individual mobility meaning "
9.2	... to describe and maintain the conditions of his/her behaviour.	-Individual structures of opportunity, which are the basis of the Rule violations promote		Worksheet " Self- Observation "

10.

Building block "Risk behaviour and accident consequences"
Lehr learning goals The seminar participant can ... Lehr-LerninhalteLehr-LernmethodenMedien/Materials

10.1	... report that certain (dangers) Situations distorted perceived and wrong shall be assessed.	-perceptual and Assessment Error	Computer-based cooperative learning PDF document is displayed in your own window	Tasks " Failed- estimates " Filme/ animated graphic/ Photos/graphics
10.2	... Consequences of the from misestimates the resulting true behavior.	-Consequences of the error resulting from miscalculation Driving Behavior
10.3	... risikominimating Driving behaviour .	-risk-inimating driving behaviour- strategies
10.4	... justify the sensuality of traffic rules.	-meaningfulness of traffic rules
10.5	... call tattooed triggers that can cause an accident.	-Tat-related triggers of accidents	Discussion/ Teaching lecture	Foils-embossing- tation/movies
10.6	... the actual accident- risk assessment.	-Accident related accident- risk
10.7	... possible accident consequences for accident participants and their Name the members.	-Possible accident consequences for persons involved in the accident and their families

11.

Building block "Individual security responsibility"
Lehr learning goals The seminar participant can ... Lehr-LerninhalteLehr-LernmethodenMedien/Materials

11.1	... on the basis of real accidents about possible consequences of his/her behaviour report.	-Possible accident consequences for persons involved in the accident and their families (Single destinies)	Discussion/ Teaching lecture	Foils-embossing- tation/film
11.2	... reproduce the knowledge conveyed in the transport pedagogical sub-measure.	-summary of the traffic in transport Knowledge of pedagogical measures	Discussion/ Learning level control	-
11.3	... describe his attitudes to his own driving behaviour and personal safety responsibility.	-opinions and positions of participants in danger of their previous experience Behaviour and their individual responsibility for security

Unofficial table of contents

Appendix 17 (to § 43a (3) (a))
Contents of the examination in the context of quality assurance of the travel suitability seminars and instruction courses

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2014, 372)

Section A Driving appropriation seminars

1.

The conditions for the seminar leader's permission

1.1

Transport pedagogy according to § 31a (1), 2 of the Fahrlehrergesetz or

1.2

Traffic psychology according to § 4a (3), 4 of the Road Traffic Act
including compliance with the requirements

2.

Proof of the annual training

2.1

Transport pedagogy according to § 33a (2) of the Fahrlehrergesetz (Fahrlehrergesetz) or

2.2

Traffic psychology in accordance with § 4a paragraph 7 of the Road Traffic Act

3.

Spatial and factual equipment

4.

Information on the seminar participants in the form of name, first name, date of birth and address as well as their signatures on the confirmation of attendance per module or session

5.

Anonymized documentation of the driving suitability seminars carried out; the documentation includes

5.1

for the transport-educational sub-measure

5.1.1

the date, the duration and the location of the modules carried out;

5.1.2

the number of participants,

5.1.3

the short descriptions of the driver's career,

5.1.4

the building blocks and media used,

5.1.5

the homework and

5.1.6

the seminar contracts

5.2

for the transport-psychological sub-measure

5.2.1

the date, the duration and the location of the meetings,

5.2.2

the triggering and maintaining conditions of the traffic infringements,

5.2.3

the functionality of the problem behavior,

5.2.4

the solution strategies developed,

5.2.5

the personal strengths of the participant,

5.2.6

the target agreements and

5.2.7

the seminar contract

6.

Compliance with the legal requirements for the implementation, in particular with regard to the number of participants, the time constraints and, in the case of the traffic-pedagogical sub-measure, the coordination of the building blocks on the driver's career

7.

Compliance with the rules on the handling of personal data

8.

Compliance with the procedures and measures of the quality system

Section B Instruction courses

1.

The conditions for the recognition of instruction courses in accordance with § 31b (1) of the Fahrlehrergesetz (Fahrlehrergesetz), including compliance with the requirements

2.

Compliance with the training programme according to § 31b (1) sentence 2 (1) of the Fahrlehrergesetz

3.

Documentation of the instruction courses carried out; the documentation shall include:

3.1

the first names and surnames of the head of the teacher and the teachers employed,

3.2

the first names and surnames and the dates of birth of the participants,

3.3

the short presentation of the course of the course, including the content and the methods used,

3.4

the date, duration and location of the courses carried out; and

3.5

Confirmation of the attendance of the participants in all courses

4.

Compliance with the legal requirements for implementation

5.

Compliance with the procedures and measures of the quality system

Unofficial table of contents

Annex 18 (to section 44 (1))
Format DIN A5 or in cases of 1-page expression DIN A4

(Fundstelle: BGBl. I 2014, 373)

Text in Progress